SHREE CEMENT LIMITED - environmentclearance.nic.in · EM TR C Cons ultant s Pv t Ltd. Page 1...

M A R C H - 2 0 1 6

SHREE CEMENT LIMITED

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By

EMTRC Consultants Private Limited (NABET Accredited, MoEF Recognized Laboratory, ISO 9001)

P-501, Anupam Apartments, East Arjun Nagar, Delhi 110032

Website- www.emtrc.com

[email protected]

Proposed

3.6 MTPA CAPTIVE LIMESTONE MINES

Mining Lease area: 283.585 ha

villages : Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli

Mandal : Karempudi,

District : Guntur, Andhra Pradesh

http://www.emtrc.com/

Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Proposed

3.6 MTPA Captive Limestone Mine at villages Kachavaram &

Inuparajupalli, Mandal Karempudi, District Guntur, Andhra Pradesh

EMTRC Consultants Pvt Ltd. Page 1

CONTENTS

Section Particulars Page No

Undertaking by Shree Cement Limited 6

Declaration by EIA Consultant 7

NABET Accreditation Certificate of EIA Consultant 8-9

Laboratory Recognition Notification by MOEF 10-13

Approved TOR for EIA Study by MOEF 14-20

Point-wise Compliance of TOR Conditions of MOEF 21-28

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of Report 29

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 29

1.3 Nature, Size and Location of the Project 31

1.4 Importance of the Project to Country & Region 33

1.5 Scope of the Study 33

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Details 38

2.2 Need of Project 38

2.3 Location, Size and Magnitude of Operation 38

2.4. Land Details 39

2.5 Water Requirement 40

2.6 Electricity Requirement 40

2.7 Manpower Requirement 40

2.8 Mine Details 41

2.8.1 Mining Reserves 42

2.8.2 Mineable Reserves and Life Of Mine 42

2.8.3 Quality of Limestone 42

2.9 Mining Method 43

2.10 Mine Development 45

2.10.1 Post Mining Land Use Plan 47

2.11 Year Wise Production Plan 47

2.12 Infrastructural Facilities / Site Services 48

2.13 Description of Mitigation Measures 49

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Study Area, Period and Methodology 57

3.2 Meteorology 59

3.3 Ambient Air Quality 60





3.4 Ambient Noise Quality 61

3.5 Surface and Ground Water Quality 62

3.6 Hydrogeology 65

3.7 Soil Quality 65

3.8 Ecology (Flora and Fauna) 66

3.9 Land Use 78

3.10 Demography & Socioeconomics 83

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Identification of Impact 87

4. 2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality 87

4.3 Impact on Ambient Noise 91

4.3.1 Impact of Ground Level Vibration due to Blasting 98

4.3.2 Fly-rock due to Blasting 99

4.4 Impact on Drainage and Water Bodies 100

4.5 Impact of OB Dump 100

4.6 Impact on Land Use and Soil 102

4.7 Impact on Ecology 103

4.8 Health Impacts 105

CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan 106

5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 107

5.3 Equipment and Ambient noise 107

5.4 Water and Wastewater Analysis 107

5.5 Human Health Monitoring 108

5.6 Reporting 108

CHAPTER 6 : ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 Risk Assessment 109

6.2 Risk Mitigation Measures 112

6.3 Disaster Management Plan 113

6.4 Socio-economic Development (CSR) Plan 120

6.5 Rehabilitation Plan 120

6.6 Public Consultation 121

CHAPTER 7 : PROJECT BENEFITS 126

CHAPTER 8 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 Environment Management Department (EMD) 127





8.2 Institutionalized Management Structure 129

8.3 Air Pollution Control 131

8.4 Noise Pollution & Vibration Control 133

8.5 Water Pollution Control 135

8.6 Top Soil Conservation 136

8.7 Slope Stabilization and Mine Reclamation 136

8.8 Biological Environment Quality 137

8.9 Greenbelt Development Plan 138

8.10 Occupational Health and Safety Plan 141

8.11 Budgets for Environmental Management 145

CHAPTER 10 : SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

146

CHAPTER 11 : DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

151

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1 Grant of Mining Lease by AP Govt 154

Annexure 2 Receipt of Letter submitted to DFO, Guntur, AP 156

Annexure 3 Receipt of Letter submitted to CWL, Govt of AP 158

Annexure 4 Details of ISCST3 Model Used 160

Annexure 5 Test Reports 165

Annexure 6 Permission to take Ground Water from CGWA 190

Annexure 7 Hydrogeological Investigation Report 192

Annexure 8 Approval of Mining Plan 233

Annexure 9 Filled up Questionnaire 236

Annexure 10 Proceedings of Public Hearing 271





LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title Page

Table 2.1 Mining Details 39

Table 2.2 Land Details 39

Table 2.3 Water Balance 40

Table 2.4 Manpower Requirement 40

Table 2.5 Mine Reserve Details 42

Table 2.6 Quality of Limestone 42

Table 2.7 Blasting Parameter 44

Table 2.8 Machinery Requirement 45

Table 2.9 Details of area Available for Plantation 46

Table 2.10 Stage Wise Land Use and Reclamation Area (ha) 47

Table 2.11 Year Wise Production plan for First Five Year 48

Table 2.12 Summary of the Mitigation Measures Proposed 49

Table 3.1 Components, Study Period and Methodology 57

Table 3.2 Summary of Site Specific Meteorological Data 59

Table 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 60

Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results 61

Table 3.5 Ambient Noise Quality Results 62

Table 3.6 Water Sampling Locations 62

Table 3.7 Ground Water Test Result 63

Table 3.8 Surface Water Test Result 64

Table 3.9 Soil Sampling Locations 65

Table 3.10 Soil Analysis Results 65

Table 3.11 List of Flora in Study Area 69

Table 3.12 List of Fauna in Study Area 76

Table 3.13 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area (10 km area around mine boundary) 78

Table 3.14 Land Use Pattern of the Core Zone (Mining Lease area) 78

Table 3.15 Demographic Features 83

Table 3.16 Distribution of SC and ST Population 84

Table 3.17 Literacy Rate in Study Area 74

Table 3.18 Village Wise Population of the Study Area 84

Table 3.19 Distribution of Workers in the Study Area 85

Table 4.1 Impact of Air Emission on Baseline Environment 89

Table 4.2 Sound Pressure Level from Various Types of HEMM 91

Table 4.3 Typical Noise Levels of Mining Equipment & distance to Reach 75 dBA 92





Table 4.4 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) (in mm/sec) 97

Table 6.1 Assessment of Hazard & Associated Risk in Mining Activities 110

Table 6.2 Proposed CSR Activities and Budget 120

Table 6.3 Comments of Public Hearing, Response and Action Plan of Company 121

Table 8.1 Post-Mining (Conceptual) Land Use of Mining Lease Area 136

Table 8.2 Ecological Criteria & Observations 137

Table 8.3 Stage Wise Cumulative Plantation Requirements of Plants for Afforestation And Reclamation

138

Table 8.4 Plant Species For Greenbelt Development 140

LIST OF FIGURES

Table No. Title Page

Figure 1.1 Location Map 34

Figure 1.2 Topo Map Showing Site & Surrounding Features in 10 Km Area 35

Figure 1.3 Photographs of Mine Lease Area 36

Figure 1.4 Google image of Project Site & 10 km area around ML area 37

Figure 2.1 Landuse Map of ML area based on recent Satellite Imagery 52

Figure 2.2 Khasra Map of ML Area 53

Figure 2.3 Surface Geological Plan of ML Area 54

Figure 2.4 Conceptual Mine Plans & Sections of ML area 55

Figure 2.5 Progressive Mine Closure Plan 56

Figure 3.1 Map Showing Environmental Monitoring Locations 58

Figure 3.2 Wind Rose of Site (Winter Season) 59

Figure 3.3 Satellite Imagery of Core Zone – ML Area 79

Figure 3.4 Land Use Land Cover Map of 10 km Area around ML Boundary 80

Figure 3.5 Satellite Imagery of 10 km Area around ML Boundary 81

Figure 3.6 Digital Elevation Map of 10 km Area around ML Boundary 82

Figure 4.1 Incremental GLC of PM10 due to Mines Operation (2.5 km x 2.5 km) 90

Figure 4.2 Predicted Noise Level–(Source strength 104 dBA) 93

Figure 4.3 Predicted Noise Level (Source Strength 140 dBA) 93

Figure 8.1 Structure of Environmental Management Department 128

































































POINT-WISE TOR COMPLAINCE

S.No TOR POINTS ISSUED BY MOED COMPLIANCE

1 Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given,

clearly stating the highest production achieved in anyone

year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed

whether there had been any increase in production after

the EIA Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the highest

production achieved prior to 1994.

Not applicable because it

is a new mine

2 A copy of the document in support of the fact that the

Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be

given.

Attached as Annexure 1

3 All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and

public hearing should be compatible with one another in

terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste

generation and its management and mining technology

and should be in the name of the lessee.

Agreed

4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,

superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery / Toposheet

should he provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed

area should clearly show the land use and other ecological

features of the study area (core and buffer zone).

Toposheet Provided in

Fig 1.2 page 35

Satellite Imagery of ML

area provided in Fig 2.1

pg 52 and Fig 3.3 pg 79

5 Does the company have a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

spelt out in the EIA report with description of the

prescribed operating process/ procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/ deviation/violation of the

environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The

hierarchical system or administrative order of the

Company to deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be

given. The system of reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors

of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at

large may also be detailed in the EIA report.

Please refer section 8.1

and 8.2 page 127 – 129,

chapter 8

6 Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study

in case of underground mining and slope study in case of

open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each case should

also be provided.

Please refer section 6.1,

6.2 and 6.3 page 109-

113 chapter 6. Impact of

blasting. Mitigation

measures of blasting

given in section 4.3 pg

91-100. Slope of pit shall





be kept as per IBM

norms (45o).

7 The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the

mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in

the EIA such as waste generation etc should be for the life

of the mine / lease period.

Complied. Mining details

provided in Table 2.1

page 39

8 Land use of the study area delineating forest area,

agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national

park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human

settlements and other ecological features should be

indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and

post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of

change of land use should be given.

Land use of the study

area is given in Figure

3.4 page 80 and Table

3.13 page 78.

Land use of the ML area

is given in Figure 3.3

page 79 and Table 3.14

page 78.

9 Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the

mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from

mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be

given.

No OB dump will be

made outside the ML

area

10 A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State

Forest Department should be provided, confirming the

involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent

regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected

by the State Forest Department along with the Regional

Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned

above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable

for representative of the State Forest Department to assist

the Expert Appraisal Committees.

No forest land is present

in the ML Area. Entire

land in ML area is

agriculture land.

Application requesting

confirmation of the same

has been submitted.

Receipt of the same is

enclosed as Annexure 2

11 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and

virgin forestland involved in the Project including

deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory

afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the

forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not Applicable because

no forest land is present

in the ML Area

12 Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under

the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest

Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should

be indicated.



in the ML Area

13 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with

necessary details, should be given.



in the ML Area. In the 10

km study area only 0.5%





land is forest land, list of

flora and fauna is given

in Table 3.11 & 3.12

page 69 – 77 (as

authenticated by ecology

expert

14 A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the

Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details

furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly

detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked

out with cost implications and submitted.

Only common fauna is

found in the study area,

which are listed in Table

3.12 pg 77

15

Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant

Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10

km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated,

supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be

applicable to such projects due to proximity of the

ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should

be obtained from the State Wildlife Department/Chief

Wildlife Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

and copy furnished.

No National Park,

Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserve,

Wildlife Corridor, Tiger /

Elephant Reserve/

(existing as well as

proposed) exists within

10 km of the mine lease.

Application for location

map duly authenticated

by wild life department

has been submitted.

Receipt of the same is

enclosed as Annexure 3

16 A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone

and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine

lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly

authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should

be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly

indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of

any schedule-I fauna found in the study area, the

necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared

in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department

and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing and the same should be made as part of the

project cost. The Conservation Plan for Schedule-I species

shall be approved by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the

State Government.

No forest is present in

the ML Area.

In the 10 km study area

only 0.5% land is forest

land. Almost 80% of the

land is agriculture and

fallow land. The diversity

of flora and fauna in the

study area is poor.

The list of flora and

fauna is given in Table

3.11 & 3.12 page 69-77.

Application for

authenticated list of flora

& fauna in core and

buffer zone from forest





department has been

submitted. Receipt of the

same is enclosed as

Annexure 3.

17 Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically Polluted' or the

Project areas likely to come under the 'Aravali Range',

(attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should

also be indicated and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the

SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities

could be considered.

Not applicable

18 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly

authenticated by one of the authorized agencies

demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine

lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if

any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects

falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of

the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).

Not applicable

19 R&R Plan/ compensation details for the Project Affected

People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the

R&R Plan, the relevant State / National Rehabilitation &

Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of

SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the

study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and

action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of

the State Government.

It may be clearly brought out whether the village located in

the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues

relating to shifting of Village including their R&R and socio-

economic aspects should be discussed in the report.

No village will be

displaced. No house

exists inside the ML

area, hence there will be

no house oustees.

Rehabilitation Plan

provided in section 6.5

page 120. Land is

purchased by mutual

agreement with land

owner considering fair

valued, compensation

against rehabilitation,

resettlement, loss of their

employment & crop or

assets, if any.

20 One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on

ambient air quality (PMI0, S02 and NOx), water quality,

noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and

the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise

in the EIA and EMP Report. Site specific meteorological

data should also be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole

Please refer Chapter 3





of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-

dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive

receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant

downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of

PMI0, particularly for free silica, should be given.

21 Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of

impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should

also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used

and input parameters used for modeling should be

provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a

location map clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation.

The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may

also be indicated on the map.


page 87 – 90.

Air quality contours on a

location map with wind

rose given in Figure 4.1

page 91.

Model details given in

Annexure 4

22 Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing

reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF/NABL

accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing

reports should be available during appraisal of the project.

Please refer Annexure 5,

page 201

23 The water requirement for the Project, its availability and

source should be furnished. A detailed water balance

should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the

Project should be indicated.


page 40.

24 Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for

drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should

be provided.

Please refer Annexure 6

page 153. Request for

extension submitted.

25 Description of water conservation measures proposed to

be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of

rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should

be provided.

Please refer Annexure 7.

26 Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and

groundwater should be assessed and necessary

safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.


27 Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown

whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary

data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In

case the working will intersect groundwater table, a

detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken


As per the approved

mining plan, mine will not

intersect the ground

water table in first 5 year





and Report furnished. Necessary permission from Central

Ground Water Authority for working below ground water

and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained

and copy furnished.

plan. However in future

when the mine will

intersect the ground

water table, prior CGWA

NOC will be obtained.

28 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing

through the lease area and modification / diversion

proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the

hydrology should be brought out.

A canal is passing

through the ML area &

this canal ends just

outside the Northern end

of ML. Once the whole

area of Mining Lease is

acquired for mining

purpose this canal has

no use.

29 Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater

table etc should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A

schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

Please refer Table 2.1

page 39

30 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear

and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame)

and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be

executed up front on commencement of the project.


page 138 – 140.

31 Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project

should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a

result of the Project in the present road network (including

those outside the Project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental

load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action to be taken by other

agencies such as State Government) should be covered.

Limestone from Mine to

adjacent cement plant

site is proposed to be

transported using

conveyor belts. Hence

there will be no impact of

mining on the road

infrastructure.

32 Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to

the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.


page 47-48

33 Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and

Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with

adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA

report.


page 45-47 and Figure

2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 page 54,

55 and 56

34 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear

and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame)


page 138 – 140.





and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be

executed up front on commencement of the project.

Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area

to be covered under plantation and the species to be

planted. The details of plantation already done should be

given.

35 Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be

anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt

out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination

and periodical medical examination schedules should be

incorporated in the EMP.


page 141 – 144.

36 Public health implications of the project and related

activities for the population in the impact zone should be

systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along with budgetary

allocations.


page 105.

37 Measures of socio economic significance and influence to

the local community proposed to be provided by the

Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible,

quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.


page 120.

38 Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the

environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the

impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides

other impacts specific to the proposed Project.

Please refer Chapter 8

39 Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project

proponent on the same along with time bound action plan

to implement the same should be provided and also

incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

Shall be provided after

public hearing

40 Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with

direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the

project should be given.

Please refer Undertaking

by Shree Cement

Limited, page 6

41 The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as

well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should

clearly be spelt out.


page 145

42 Provide a brief background of the project, financial Please refer section 1.2





position, group companies and legal issues etc.; past and

current important litigations.

page 29

43 Report on the Cumulative Impact Assessment of the area. No industry exists in the

study area, hence

cumulative impact

assessment is not done.

The impact of all existing

sources are captured in

the baseline

environmental quality

data submitted in the EIA

Report





CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose of Report

Shree Cement Limited (SCL) is the largest producer of cement in Northern India with a

production capacity of 23.5 MTPA. Shree Cement Limited has started its operation in 1985

with 0.6 million ton capacity at Bangur Nagar, Beawar in Ajmer, Rajasthan and has rapidly

expanded its operations to reach the present production capacity of 23.5 MTPA.

Shree Cement Limited has proposed to develop and operate Captive Limestone Mine

(Lease area 283.585 ha.) of 3.6 MTPA near village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal-

Karempudi, District- Guntur (Andhra Pradesh). 1200 TPH crusher shall also be installed

inside the mining lease area. This limestone mines will supply limestone to the proposed

cement plant comprising 2.4 MTPA clinker and 4.0 MTPA Cement production and located

adjacent to the mine in south side. The mining lease (283.585 ha) was granted to SCL by

the Andhra Pradesh Government (Industries & Commerce (M.II) Department) vide their

office letter No 14499/M.II (2)/2009-3 dated 19-05-2010.

SCL submitted application in the prescribed Form-1 along with prefeasibility report to

MoEF&CC and presented the TOR before the Expert Appraisal Committee (Mines) on 08th

July 2014. Terms of Reference (TOR) for EIA Study was issued by the Ministry of

Environment & Forests vide letter No J.11015/143/2014-IA.II (M) dated 12th August 2014.

Copy of TOR issued by MOEF is placed at page 15 to 21. Point-wise compliance of the TOR

points in the EIA report is placed at page 22 to 28.

Public Hearing was held on 29th October 2015. Final EIA report has been prepared for 3.6

MTPA Limestone productions as per the Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by the MOEF

after incorporating the views and comments obtained during the Public Hearing.

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent

Project: Shree Cement Limited has proposed to develop and operate 3.6 MTPA captive

limestone mine having mining lease area of 283.585 ha near village Kachavaram &

Inuparajupalli, Mandal Karempudi, District-Guntur, State Andhra Pradesh. As per EIA

Notification dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 1st December, 2009, the project activities





(Limestone mining) falls under Category „A‟ of EIA notification dated 14-9-2006. The

estimated cost of the project is Rs.169 crores. Proposed mining project will generate

opportunities for direct and indirect employment to the surrounding peoples and also

improve local and regional economy of the area. The project will ensure the continuous

limestone supply to the proposed cement plant of SCL adjacent to the mine, result in the

industrial growth of the region and fulfill the cement demand of southern states of country.

Details of Mining & Lease Area: The total mining lease area is 283.585 ha, which is private

land located near village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal Karempudi, District-Guntur,

State Andhra Pradesh.The latitude and longitude of the mine lease area is 16°30'59" to

16°32'55" N and 79°43'03" to 79°44'04" E. The identified mining lease area is mostly

irrigated agriculture land. The process of acquisition of land has been initiated.

Project Proponent: Shree Cement Limited (SCL) is the largest producer of cement in

Northern India with a production capacity of 23.5 million tonne per annum. It started its

operations in 1985 with 0.6 million ton capacity at Bangur Nagar, Beawar in Ajmer,

Rajasthan and has rapidly expanded its operations to reach the present production capacity

of 23.5 million tons. The principal promoter of the company is Bangur Group, which is a

respected business house of India. The company pursues multi-brand portfolio strategy

which consists of three offers viz. Shree Ultra Jung Rodhak Cement, Bangur Cement and

Rock strong Cement. The company has its manufacturing operations at Beawar, district

Ajmer, Ras in Pali district in Rajasthan State and at Baloda Bazar in Chhattisgarh State and

split grinding unit at Khushkhera, Suratgarh & Jobner (Jaipur) in Rajasthan and Laksar in

Uttrakhand, Panipat in Haryana State and Aurngabad in Bihar State.

Total Thermal Power Plants Capacity of the Company is 597 MW (including 81 MW Waste

heat recovery power plant known as Green power which is the largest capacity of Green

Power in the entire world cement industry except China). The power generated from these

plants is primarily utilized for consumption in its own cement plants as well as to sell for

community use. Shree Cement have set a vision to be a major player in the Cement Industry

and have embarked upon a committed expansion programme to further enhance its market

share in various other states of India with an objective to achieve 25 Million TPA cement

capacity and 2000 MW power generation by the year 2015.





1.3 Nature, Size and Location of the Project

The project activities (Limestone mining) falls under Category „A‟ of EIA notification dated

14-9-2006. Area of the mine lease is 283.585 ha. Production capacity of limestone from the

mine will be 3.6 MTPA. Total project cost is Rs. 169 crores. The mining will be carried out by

open cast method using Shovel Tipper / Dumper combination. The height and width of

bench will be 10 m and 20 m respectively.

The Mining Lease area of 283.585 ha comes under village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli,

Mandal Karempudi, District Guntur, State Andhra Pradesh. The mine is well connected with

road and rail. Nearest railway station is at Nadikudi which is about 7-8 km in N direction.

State Highway 2 (SH 2) is about 8 km from the mine in north direction. National highway

(NH-9) is about 54 km from the proposed mine in northeast direction. Nearest Airport is at

Vijayawada which is about 114 km in east direction.

The topography of the lease area is almost flat and gently sloping towards north to eastern

part of the lease area, by and large the area is plain. There are no hills in the close vicinity of

the mine site. The general ground level of the area ranges from 95 to 111 m above the mean

sea level (MSL). The coordinates of the ML area are 160 30‟59” to 160 32‟55” N and 790

43‟03” to 790 44‟04” E. The flat lands in a major part show stony waste outcropping

Limestone mainly. There is no forest within lease area. The area is drained by the Naguleru

Vagu Stream in west. It flow northwards in black cotton soil region and join the Krishna

River. Krishna forms the natural boundary between Guntur and Nalgonda.

The soil is black type. Paddy, Tobacco, Chilly are the main crop grown during a year. Water

from Krishna River and bore well is used for irrigation purposes.

The surrounding villages, their direction and approximate distance from mining lease

boundary are as follows:

i. Kachavaram –mining lease boundary in west direction

ii. Gogulapadu – 1.5 km in West

iii. Inuparajupalle –mining lease area in South West

iii. Bodada – 2 km in North West,

iv. Pedagarlapadu – 2 km in East,

v. Gadevaripalle – 1 km in South West,

vi. Kesanpalle – 3.5 km in North East.





Nearest town is Dachepalle located about 6-7 km in North direction. Krishna River is the

main surface water body, located about 15.5 km south of the mine site. Nagarjuna Sagar

Right Main Canal (Jawahar Canal) and its distributaries like Kesanupalli sub-Canal, Nadikodi

major canal, Ramapuram major canal, Tanjeda major canal, Dandivagu canal are present

within 10 Km radius of site. Jawahar Canal is located about 7.5 km in South East direction.

No national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve, wetland, archaeological site is

present within 10 km area of the project site. Madinapadu Reserve Forest just lies at a

distance of 9-10 km North of Site.

Salient Features of Project

S. N Particulars Details

A. Nature of project Captive Limestone Mine

B. Size of project 3.6 MTPA

C. Project Location

1. Villages Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli

2. Mandal Karempudi

3. District Guntur

4. State Andhra Pradesh

5. Toposheet No. 56 P/10

6. Latitude & Longitude Latitude 16 30' 59" to 16 32' 55" N

Longitude 79 43' 03" to 79 44' 04" E

D. Project Area & Cost details

1. Mining Lease Area Unit Total Area

Mine area 283.585 ha.

2. Cost of the project 169 Crores

E. Environmental Settings

1. Nearest National Highway NH – 9 at a distance of ~54 km. in NE direction

2. Nearest Town / City Dachepalli at a distance of ~5 km. in North direction

3. Nearest Railway Station Nadikudi at a distance of ~8 km. in North direction

4. Nearest Airport Vijayawada at a distance of ~114 km. in East direction

5. National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Reserved / Protected Forest within 10km radius (Boundary to boundary distance)

No National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Protected Forest exists within 10 km radius except some part of Madinapadu Scrub type Reserve Forest at a distance of ~9.5 to 10 km. in North direction

6. Surface Water bodies Krishna River: 15.5 km.

Nallas and Canals are present within 10 Km radius





for irrigation purpose viz. Jawahar Canal, Naguleruvegu canal, Nadikodi major canal, Ramapuram major canal, Tanjeda major canal, Dandivagu canal.

7. Archaeological Sites None within 10 km radius

8. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]

1.4 Importance of the Project to Country & Region

The cement industry is currently in the midst of an interesting phase of robust demand, very

high capacity utilization and firm prices. Demand for cement in the domestic market remains

robust, driven by demand from all user segments. Demand from the housing sector

continues unabated driven by rising income levels, fiscal incentives and a moderate interest

rate regime. The rapid growth recorded by the services sector has led to robust demand for

commercial, real estate and thus demand for cement. In addition, the government‟s

keenness to improve the infrastructural facilities in the country and the surge in industrial

investments has led to higher demand for cement from these two segments.

Domestic cement production has kept pace with the rise in cement consumption.

Additionally, the industry has witnessed a greater acceptance of blended cement. This is

reflected in the steady rise in share of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) in total cement

production. The industry is now investing heavily in augmenting its cement capacity to be

able to cater to the expected rise in demand. Therefore, setting up of cement plant proves to

be important in catering the rise in demand of cement to the country and region.

1.5 Scope of the Study

MoEF prescribed the TOR for EIA study vide letter No. J.11015/143/2014-IA.II (M) dated 12th

August 2014. Baseline data has been generated for winter season during the period 1st

December 2014 to 28th February 2015. The EIA report has been prepared as per TOR. Copy

of TOR issued by MOEF is placed at page 15 to 21. Point-wise compliance of the TOR

points in the EIA report is placed at page 22 to 28. Public Hearing was held on 29th October

2015. Final EIA report has been prepared for 3.6 MTPA Limestone productions as per the

Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by the MOEF after incorporating the views and comments

obtained during the Public Hearing.





Figure 1.1 Location Map

Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Proposed 3.6 MTPA

Captive Limestone Mine at villages Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal

Karempudi, District Guntur, Andhra Pradesh


Figure 1.2 Topo Map Showing Site & Surrounding Features in 10 Km Area





Figure 1.3 Photographs of Mine Lease Area





Figure 1.4 Google Image of Project Site and 10 km Area Around ML Area





CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Details

Shree Cement Limited proposes to develop and operate 3.6 MTPA captive limestone mine

with mining lease area of 283.585 ha near village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal

Karempudi, District Guntur, State Andhra Pradesh. Project also includes installation of new

crusher unit of 1200 TPH within mining lease area. The LOI for grant of mining lease was

issued to SCL by the Andhra Pradesh Government (Industries & Commerce (M.II)

Department) vide their office letter no 14499/M.II (2)/2009-3 dated 19-05-2010. Mining Plan

has been approved by IBM.

2.2 Type of Project

To cater the increasing cement demand of the southern region Shree Cement Ltd. has

proposed integrated cement plant (2.4 Million TPA Clinker, 4.0 Million TPA Cement, 25 MW

Captive Thermal Power Plant & 15 MW Waste Heat Recovery Power Generation) near

village Pedagarlapadu, Mandal Dachepalli, District Guntur in Andhra Pradesh (AP). for

which TOR has been prescribed by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate change by

letter no. F. J-11011/165/2014-IA-II (I) dated 11th August, 2014. To meet the limestone

requirement of proposed cement plant, 3.6 Million TPA limestone mining is proposed

adjacent to the cement plant near villages Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli. Mandal Karempudi,

District Guntur, Andhra Pradesh. Crushed Limestone will be conveyed by conveyor belts to

the plant. MoEF&CC has granted TORs for mine vide Letter No F. J-11015/143/2014-IA-

II (M) dated 12th August, 2014.

2.3 Location, Size and Magnitude of Operation

Location: The Mining Lease area of 283.585 ha comes under village Kachavaram &

Inuparajupalli, Mandal Karempudi, District-Guntur, Andhra Pradesh. The mine is connected

with road. Nearest railway station is at Nadikudi which is about 8 km in NW. State Highway 2

(SH 2) is about 8 km from the mine in north direction. National highway (NH-9) is about 54

km from the mine in northeast direction. Nearest Airport is at Vijayawada which is about 114

km in east direction.





The general topography of the lease area is almost flat and gradually sloping towards NE

part of the lease area. There are no hills in the vicinity of the mine site. The general ground

level of the area ranges from 95 to 111 m above the mean sea level (MSL).The flat lands in

a major part show stony waste outcropping Limestone. No forest is present within lease

area.

Size & Magnitude of Operation: The project activities (Limestone mining) falls under

Category „A‟ of EIA notification dated 14-9-2006. Area of the mine lease is 283.585 ha.

Production capacity of limestone from the mine will be 3.6 MTPA. Total project cost is Rs.

169 crores. No resettlement issues are involved in this project.The mining will be carried out

by open cast method using Shovel Dumper combination. Mining details are given in Table

2.1.

Table 2.1 Mining Details

S. No. DETAILS

1 Mining Method Opencast fully mechanized

2 Production per year 3.6 MTPA

3 Bench Height 10 m

4 Bench Width 20 m

5 Elevation Range of Site 95 m AMSL to 111 m AMSL

6 General Ground Level 100 m AMSL

7 Ground Water Table Pre monsoon – 20 m bgl (80 mRL) Post monsoon – 15 m bgl (85 mRL)

8 Working Depth (for the first five years)

90 M RL (10 mbgl)

9 Ultimate Working Depth (for the end of life of mine)

73 m RL (27 mbgl)

10 Overall Pit Slope 45o

11 Stripping ratio (Ore in T: OB in cum) 1 : 0.04

12 Total Over Burden (OB) Generation 7.61 Million Tons (5.07 Million m3)

13 Mineable Reserve of Limestone 172.28 Million Tons

14 Plantation Area and No. of Trees 93.58 ha (233950 trees)

15 Number of Working Days 300

16 Number shifts per day 2

2.4 Land Details

The Latitude and Longitudes of the ML area are 16030‟59” to 16032‟55” N and 79043‟03” to

79044‟04” E. The total mining lease area is 283.585 ha, which is private land. Existing Land

details of the ML area is given in Table 2.2.





Table 2.2 Land Details

S. No.

Village Private land (Acres.)

Land use Type

Total (Acres.)

1 Kachavaram 409.26 Agricultural 409.26

2 Inuparajupalli 291.48 Agricultural 291.48

Total

700.74 Agricultural 700.74 (283.5 ha)

2.5 Water Requirement

Water will be required for dust suppression, greenery development and drinking purpose.

Total water requirement for the mine project is 150 KLD and cement plant project is 1350

KLD. Permission to take 1500 KLD ground water has been obtained from CGWA. Renewal

shall be obtained shortly. The water balance is given in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3 : Water Balance of Mine Project

Name Consumption KLD Wastewater Generation KLD

1 Dust Suppression / Greenery

Development

120 Nil

2 Drinking and Utility 15 10

3 Workshop 15 10

Total 150 KLD 20 KLD

2.6 Electricity Requirement

Electricity will be required mostly used for mine crusher and lighting. The net power

requirement will be 0.8 KWH/Tons and which will be met from the proposed 25 MW Captive

Power Plant and 15 MW Waste Heat Recovery Plant and grid power.

2.7 Manpower Requirement

The project will create the direct employment for 84 people in the mines. SCL will give

preference to the local people, depending upon the skill, job requirement and capability.

Several other indirect employment opportunities will be created in the surrounding areas like

transport for men and material, hotel operators, vehicle drivers and attendants, workshops,

grocery and retails, medical, etc. Details of man power required for mine operation is given

in Table 2.4.





Table 2.4 Manpower Requirement

S No Designation Qualification Nos.

Mining

01 Manager Mines B.E./ Diploma (Mining) 1st Class Mine Manager Certificate of Competency.

01

02 Mining Engineer(full time) B.E (Mining) 1st and or IInd Class Mine Manager Certificate of Competency.

02

03 Assistant Manager (Blasting)

B.E./ Diploma (Mining) 1st and or IInd Class Mine Manager Certificate of Competency.

01

04 Mining Engineer/ Mines Foreman

IInd Class/ Foreman Certificate of Competency 03

05 Geologist M. Sc. (Geology) 01

06 Mine Surveyor Surveyor Certificate of Competency 01

07 Mining mate/Blaster Mining mate/ Blaster Certificate of Competency 02

08 Magazine In-charge Graduate 01

09 Record Keeper Graduate with computer knowledge 01

Maintenance

01 Engineer In-charge Diploma/Degree in Mechanical Engineering 01

02 Engineer Mech. B.E. (Mechanical) 03

03 Engineer Elect. B.E. (Electrical) 01

Non-Executives

01 HEMM Operators Skilled 20

02 Drill Operator Skilled 04

03 Crusher/Stacker Operator Skilled 04

04 Blasting Helper Semi-Skilled 05

05 Diesel Mechanics Skilled 10

06 Welder Skilled 01

07 Auto Electrician Skilled 01

08 Machine Attendant Semi-Skilled 10

09 Fitter Skilled 01

10 Heavy vehicle Driver Skilled 05

11 Office Assistant Skilled 01

12 Electrician Skilled 03

Total 84

2.8 Mine Details

The Limestone deposit is situated in Villlage Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal

Karempudi, Distt. - Guntur (AP). The area under reference is privately owned land. This will

be a captive mine for Cement Plant of SCL proposed to be located adjacent to the mine in

East direction. The State Government of Andhra Pradesh has intended to grant Mining

Lease over 283.585 hectares area of cement grade limestone to SCL for captive use vide

Memo No. 14499/M.II(2)/2009-3 dated 19th May, 2010 for 30 years. The area was regionally

surveyed & explored by the Geological Survey of India, Govt. of India and Study report

(6592 M/398(1) P.R./48-49 was published by GSI. The quality of limestone of the area was

found suitable for manufacturing of cement. The total lease area is private agricultural land.





Land Use Land Cover Map of ML area is provided in Figure 2.1.

Khasra Map of ML Area approved by Director of Mining & Geology is given in Figure 2.2.

The Geological Plan is given in Figure 2.3.

The Conceptual Plan is shown in Figure 2.4.

Progressive Mine Closure Plan is shown in Figure 2.5

2.8.1 Mining Reserves

The reserve and resources were estimated under old system of categorization, i.e., proved,

probable and indicated. The mineable reserves has been derived from Geological reserves

by considering mining constraints i.e. 7.5 m statutory barriers all around the lease boundary,

450 of overall slope of the open cast quarry, an allowance of 10% safety margin due to

inevitable mining loss, cavity, voids, estimation error etc. and given Table 2.5.

Table 2.5: Mine Reserves

Category

Geological

Reserves

(Million Tonnes)

Mining Losses (10%) Mineable Reserves

(Million Tonnes)

UNFC

Class

Proved Nil - -

Probable Nil - -

Possible 191.42 19.142 172.28 334

Total 191.42 19.142 172.28

Source: Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan

2.8.2 Mineable Reserves and Life Of Mine

Total mineable reserves in the proposed ML area is 172.28 MT. Anticipated life of mine will

be about 47 years.

2.8.3 Quality of Limestone

Chemical analysis result of the samples of limestone reveals that the limestone available in

the area is of cement grade. Based on geological investigation made in lease area, the

average ROM quality of the cement grade limestone works out to be 45.30% CaO & 1.35%

MgO. Quality of limestone of proposed mine is given in Table 2.6:





Table 2.6 Quality of Limestone

S. No. Content Specification of Cement grade

limestone

Limestone of

Kachavaram Area

1. CaO At least containing about 43.5% 45. 30%

2. MgO Ideally be less than 3 % 1.35%

3. Al2O3 2 to 4 % 1.50%

4. Fe2O3 1 to 2 % 0.58%

5. SiO2 12 to 16% 11.31%

Source: Mining Plan and Progressive mine Closure Plan

2.9 Mining Method

The proposed method of mining will be Opencast fully mechanized. All operations of mining

will be done by deployment of heavy earth moving machineries by deep hole drilling,

excavation, loading & transport. Various mining activities such as drilling, blasting, loading

and transportation will be so conducted as to ensure maximum mineral conservation and

minimum environmental degradation.

Initially overburden and waste is removed by shovel – dumper combination and unloaded at

properly defined area called Dumps. Dozer is then operated at these dumps to maintain the

dump design and to create adequate space for future dumping. Crushed limestone shall be

transported to cement plant by using conveyor.

The limestone beds are almost horizontal, compact and extend over the entire leasehold, the

horizontally lying beds of limestone are mostly overlain by Black Cotton Soil, having in the

range thickness of 1.75 – 2.50 m. with average thickness of 2.0m, it is planned to start

mining from Central part of the lease. The advancements of the mining faces (moving front)

have been planned in east and west directions for feeding the requirement of the plant.

Mining details are given in Table 2.1.

2.9.1 Development by removal of overburden by loader cum excavator: The mine

working will involve removal of overburden of average 2.0 m in thickness, which includes

mainly the Black Cotton Soil. The Black Cotton Soil will be dumped temporarily at earmarked

location and will be utilized for backfilling / plantation of mined area after exhaustion of

limestone. A hydraulic excavator of 6.5 cubic meter bucket capacity is proposed for





excavation and loading of blasted limestone and overburden material in to 54 Tonne pay

load capacity rear dumper.

2.9.2 Drilling & Blasting: The first phase of operation for exploiting the mineral is drilling

followed by blasting to develop a quarry. Limestone/ shale bands are required to be drilled

and blasted, whereas overburden soil can be directly excavated.

Down the hole drilling machines in conjunction with pneumatic compressor will be deployed

to drill 165 mm diameter holes. The burden and spacing will be maintained as 4.0-5.50 m x

5.5-7 m. Holes will be blasted by using of explosives. Controlled Blasting will be done using

ANFO, primer (emulsion explosive) and Non Electric initiation system. Sub-grade drilling will

be practiced to maintain the level of the bench floor, avoiding the toe and it will be around 5 -

10% of the bench height. Blasting parameters are given in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7 Blasting Parameters

S No Particulars Details

1. Bench height 10m

2. Depth of hole 10.5m

3. Diameter of hole 165mm

4. Burden 4 m - 5.5m

5. Spacing 5.5 m - 7m

6. Powder factor 7- 8 T/Kg

7. Type of explosive to be used Slurry or Emulsion + ANFO

8. Initiation Bottom initiation by use of down line detonators in combination of noise less trunk line detonators on surface

9. Nos. of hole per round 25-60 (Variable as per blast geometry)

10. Total tonnage per round 16875 -40000 tones

Source: Mining Plan & Progressive mine Closure Plan

2.9.3 Loading & Transportation: Blasted limestone will be loaded into dumpers by

Hydraulic excavator. BEML BH-50 Dumpers (54 T Capacity) will be engaged to transport the

Ore/Waste from the Mining faces to the respective disposal points i.e. crusher and dump

yards. The average Lead distance from Face to Waste Yard or Crusher will be 1.25 Km one

way. The sized material from crusher is proposed to be transported to the Plant near to the

area by conveyor belt.

2.9.4 Crushing: It is planned to install a crusher at the Central east part of the mining lease

area. ROM will be finally crushed to 75 to 90 mm size fractions. The proposed crusher is

single stage rotary impact crusher system of capacity 1200 TPH (as calculated on two shifts





working for 300 days in a year). Limestone will be supplied to the crushing plant and finally

the crushed limestone will be sent to the proposed cement plant by conveyor belt. The

material will be dispatched to the stock piles located within proposed cement plant premises

through the overland belt conveyor.

2.9.5 Storage of Explosives: It is proposed to construct licensed magazine having storage

capacity as under:

Class – 2/ 3 explosives

Safety fuse

Detonators

Detonating fuse

-

-

-

-

18000 Kg

5000 m

44000 Nos

10000 m

An approved explosive van of 9 ton capacity will also be provided to transport the explosive

from the magazine to the blasting site.

2.9.6 Fuel Storage: A 40 KL fuel (High speed diesel oil) storage capacity station with pump

will be established behind the HEMM workshop for providing diesel to the heavy earth

moving machinery.

2.9.7 Mining Equipment: Mining machineries proposed for meeting production schedule at

the Limestone Mines are given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8 Machinery Requirement

Machinery Make & Model Capacity No of Equipment

Excavator Tata Hitachi EX-1200 6.5 Cu. M. 2+1

Dumper BEML BH-50 54 Ton 6+2

Hyd. Drill Machine IBH-10 or equivalent 165 mm 2

Rock breaker PC-300 or equivalent 1

Bulldozer BEML D155 or equivalent 1

Water Tanker Leyland chassis mounted 12 KL 1

Explosive Van Tata 709 9 Ton 1

Maintenance Van Tata 407 5 Ton 1

Diesel Tanker Leyland Chassis 12 KL 1

Crusher L & T 1200 TPH 1


2.10 Mine Development

During conceptual period of mining plan i.e. up to the end of life of mines, the total top soil

generation in Quarry would be about 7.61 Million Tonnes. During the process, production





would be 172.28 Million tonnes. The ore to overburden ratio would be 1:0.04 which is

economically viable. The depth at ultimate size of pit will be 27 m. Initially the overburden will

be stacked inside the ML area, After first five year plan period soil generated will be back

filled in Mined out area.

The Ultimate Extent and Size of Quarries: The extent / boundary at the end of 5 years as

well as ultimate quarry limits are marked on Conceptual Mining Plan. The area to be

excavated in ultimate period and the quarry size are shown as below:

Lease Area Area to be excavated in ultimate period (in

Hectare)

Quarry Size (Length x Width in m)

Kachavaram 268.085 3500 x 770

Ultimate Capacity of Dumps: The whole mining lease area is under mineralized zone;

hence this externally Top soil Storage will be re handled & partially back filled into excavated

area during conceptual mining plan period. As such there will be no external Waste dump at

conceptual stage. Based on present exploratory data and reserves available, it is

conceptualized that only partial backfilling will be possible due to lake of backfilling material.

Post Mining Reclamation Plan: There are about 7.61 million tons of OB available for

backfilling. As such, a part of the pit (99.06 Ha) will be partially backfilled for 5.5 m height

and reclaimed to be used for plantation purpose. The back filling will be done after proving

that the mineral does not extend in the depth. The rest part 172.62 ha will be left managed

as water reservoir. The total green patch likely to be developed in conceptual period would

be 93.58 Ha. A detail of total plantation is given in Table 2.9.

Table 2.9 Details of Area Available for Plantation

Sr no Details of area for Plantation Area in Ha Total No of Plants

1 7.5 m barrier along ML Boundary 15.50 38750

2 On partially back filled area 78.08 195200

Total 93.58 233950





2.10.1 Post Mining Land Use Plan

Table 2.10 Stage Wise Land Use and Reclamation Area (ha)

S. No. Item Present 0 to 5 years

(Ha.) Ultimate period

(Ha.)

1. Area to be excavated - 25.20 268.085

1 a Excavated & Partially back filled - - 95.465*

1 b Converted into Water Reservoir - - 172.62

2. Top Soil Storage - - -

3. Overburden dumps - 3.50 -

4. Mineral storage - - -

5. Infrastructure (Workshop, adm. Building)

- 1.00 -

6. Roads - 1.00 -

7. Railways - - -

8. Green belt - 15.50 15.50

9. Tailing pond - - -

10. Effluent treatment plan - - -

11. Mineral separation plant - - -

12. Township area - - -

13. Others (To specify) - - -

Total 283.585 46.20 283.585 Source: Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan *78.08 hectares of the partially back filled area will be converted into green belt.

Since a road is passing through Survey No 802 and 740 of Inaparajupalli village therefore,

45 meter margin on both side of the road has been left. Hence, the mining Lease area has

been divided in two parts. A new Road has been proposed as shown in Conceptual Plan

(Figure 2.4) which will serve the same purpose as present Road. The area which is

presently blocked due to this road will be applied for Mining Lease at the end.

2.11 Year Wise Production Plan I Year: During this year only detail exploration will be done. No Overburden will be removed

as no excavation work is planned in 1st year. Land Acquisition work will also be carried out.

II Year: During this year only detail exploration will be done. No Overburden will be

removed as no excavation work is planned in 2nd

year. Development activities will be

carried out in this year as Construction of Crusher, other Site Services & preparation of

Haul road to proposed Pit. Land Acquisition work will also be carried out.





III year( Development Work): The quantum of Over Burden/Top Soil will be 0.40 MT.

IV year (Development Work): The quantum of Over Burden will be 0.43 million tonnes and

the quantum of Limestone will be 1.8 million tonnes.

V year (Production Work): No Development work will be carried out in V Year. The

quantum of Limestone will be 3.6 million tonnes.

Table 2.11 Year Wise Production plan for First Five Year

Year

Over burden/ Topsoil (Million Tonne)

Over burden/ Topsoil

(Million Cu m.)

Cement Grade (Million Tonne)

Ore to Overburden

Ratio MT : MT

Ore to Overburden Ratio

MT : Cu M

I Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

II Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

III 0.40 0.27 Nil Nil Nil

IV 0.43 0.29 1.80 1:0.24 1:0.16

V Nil Nil 3.60 Nil Nil

Total 0.83 0.56 5.40 1:0.15 1:0.10


2.12 Infrastructural Facilities / On-Site Facilities

2.12.1 Mine Office & Stores: A main office having adequate space for mining and

maintenance officials will be constructed near the proposed HEMM workshop. In addition,

field office will be constructed along with rest shelter to supervise effectively and monitoring

mining operations so proposed. A well-equipped store will be established with all necessary

spares for the running heavy earth moving machinery in the premises of mines office.

2.12.2 Maintenance Workshop: One workshop well and adequately equipped tools, tackles

and qualified/ experienced manpower will be established in the lease area. In addition to

above, a mobile service van will be deployed for field maintenance facilities.

2.12.3 First Aid Centre: The first aid station of adequate size will be located near proposed

mines field office. First aid kits as per the statutory provisions of DGMS will be provided at

four different places like mines main office, mines field office, crusher and HEMM workshop.

In addition to above a well-equipped dispensary with a qualified medical practitioner,

compounder, nurse etc. will be established separately in proposed cement plant premises.





2.12.4 Vocational Training Centre: A full-fledged vocational training center will be

established in the premises of proposed mines main office building. Lecture/conference

room, audio visual aids like slide projector, LCD projector, VCR/DVD player, TV etc. will be

provided in the proposed vocational training center. Adequate training materials like slides,

cassettes, CDs, maps, charts, boards etc. will be provided. The activities of the proposed

Vocational Training Centre will be managed by Training Officer and all the provisions of

Mines Vocational Training Rules, 1966 will be complied with.

2.12.5 On-Site Facilities to Mine Workers: Rest shelter with coolers, drinking water,

crèche, first-aid, ambulance, rest room for drivers, etc will be provided to mine workers.

2.13 Description of Mitigation Measures

Table 2.12 Summary of the Mitigation Measures Proposed

Particulars Mitigation measures to be adopted

1. Air

Environment

The drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling

arrangements and dry drilling arrangement with dust collector

arrangement to prevent dust from getting air borne.

Blasting will be done by latest blasting technique using shock tube

detonator (Down line detonator in combination with noise less trunk

line detonators.)

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting to reduce

generation of fly rocks and ground vibration.

The haul roads will be kept wide to support one-way traffic. The

roads will be properly maintained and regular water spraying will be

done during work hours to prevent generation of dust from

vehicular movement.

Gaseous emissions generated from HEMM and blasting will be

kept within limits by proper maintenance of all machineries and

controlled blasting with suitable explosives.

In order to reduce air pollution in the surrounding, Green Belt will

be developed around mine office, approach roads, pit peripheries

and waste dump yards and along the boundary.

Periodic air quality survey will be carried and the records will be

maintained properly.





Dust suppression will be done by sprinkling of water.

2. Wastewater

generation

and treatment

The wastewater generated at mines workshop will be cleaned by

passing it through Oil-Water separator and the clean water will be

used in dust suppression in crusher.

Domestic waste water will be generated from mine office & canteen

will be disposed off in septic tank via soak pits.

3. Noise

Environment

Regular monitoring of noise level will be carried out and corrective

measures as required will be adopted accordingly.

Improved Silencers will be provided in the HEMM.

Proper care will be taken by incorporating sound-proof enclosures

for equipment and providing earmuffs and earplugs for operators

Green belt developed around the project area helps mitigating

noise propagation.

4. Solid Waste

Management

Top soil will be used for plantation.

OB and inter burden will be used for back filling the exhaust mine

area to reclaim the land for plantation purpose.

2.13.1 Water Environment

Groundwater will be used for proposed mining operation. However rainwater collected in

mine pit will be used as per availability in place of ground water. There is no perennial

surface water source in the lease area except the rain water run-off nalla which carry water

only during the rains. If required, nalla will be diverted by constructing garland drain around

the mine boundary. The water will be delivered to Naguleru Vegu nala passing near the

lease boundary. Gully checks will be made along the dump slope. Sedimentation pond will

be constructed to which all drains carrying runoff water will be connected. Coconut fiber

filters will be used all along the gully and drains to arrest the silt from runoff. The overburden

slopes will be stabilized with vegetation.

Waste water from workshop will be treated by oil and silt trap and treated water will be used

for dust suppression.

As this is an open cast mining method it will not generate any wastewater as no mineral

processing is involved. This mining activity does not involve any treatment or beneficiation

by using water. So, there will be no outside discharge of liquid effluent from the mine site. It

is, therefore, apparent that there will be negligible impact of mining on the surface water

regime.





2.13.2 Air Environment

Dust is the main pollutant generated during various mining operations, including blasting,

haul roads, crusher, loading and vehicular movement. Stable roads will be made inside the

mining premises for movement of vehicles. Water sprinkling system (truck mounted) will be

applied for dust suppression on haul roads. Regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment

will be carried out. Wet drilling and controlled blasting) will be adopted. All conveyors shall

be covered. Greenbelt will be developed on all side of the mine premises Small herbs and

shrubs like Bawal, Bougainvillea, Kaner, Lantana, Adhusa, Ber, Custard apple; Casurina,

etc. will be planted.

2.13.3 Noise and Vibration

Material handling, movement of vehicle, crushing, blasting, loading unloading and DG sets

are the main noise generating sources in the mine site. Material handling operations and

movement of vehicles will be properly scheduled to minimize noise. Maintenance program

for heavy vehicles will be routinely followed. Non-electric delay detonator will be used to

minimize the ground vibrations. Workers working inside crusher house will be given ear

plugs and ear muffs. Acoustic enclosure will be provided for DG sets. Mining will be done

only during day time. In this manner the noise level at the mine boundary will be below the

national standard of 55 dBA during day time and 45 dBA during night time.

2.13.4 Land Environment

Overburden will be stacked at the periphery of mining lease boundary (7.5 m inside the mine

boundary). The slope will be maintained at less than 37o, with adequate number and size of

steps / trenches made. The slopes will be compacted and spread with 8-10 cm thick soil

cover and grass, legumes and small shrubs will be planted along the slopes. Coir filled bags

will be fixed with wire mesh at several places along the garland drain and gully of dump to

arrest the erosion. Mined out area will be suitably reclaimed after extracting the limestone.

Reclamation will be done by backfilling the overburden. Voids will be converted to water

body and given to local fisherman community for fish cultivation.

2.13.5 Other Mitigation Measures

For reducing adverse environmental impacts from other sources, following mitigation

measures are recommended:

Wet drilling will be practiced. Dry drilling will be attached with dust extractor.





Controlled blasting technique will be followed. Blasting will be done around noon.

Non-electric shock tube initiating system and Noiseless Trunk line Delay detonators and

IKON (Digital Electronic System) will be used to keep the air blast levels to the lowest

possible limits and minimize noise and vibration.

Ground vibrations to be continuously monitored during blasting using Seismograph,

through study of the peak particle velocity at different distances.

Hydraulic rock breaker will be used to eliminate the use of secondary blasting.

Water will be sprayed on haul roads for dust suppression. Compaction, gradation and

proper drainage will be provided for haul roads. Road side plantations will be developed

to arrest dust.

Haul roads in mines will be stabilized. Vehicular speed in mines area will be restricted to

20 kmph.

Figure 2.1 Land Use Map of ML Area based on Recent Satellite Imagery





Figure 2.2 : Khasra Map Showing ML Area





Figure 2.3 Surface Geological Plan of ML Area





Figure 2.4 Conceptual Plans and Sections of ML Area





Figure 2.5 Progressive Mine Closure Plan





CHAPTER 3 : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Study Area, Period and Methodology

Table 3.1 Components, Study Area, Study Period and Methodology of EIA

Component Study Area Study Period Methodology

Meteorology Nadigudi 1st December

2014 to 28th

February 2015

(Winter Season)

Weather monitoring location was

established at Nadigudi. Wind speed,

wind direction, relative humidity, and

temperature were recorded hourly.

Ambient Air

Quality

Impacted and

non-impacted

area due to

air emission

from project

1st December

2014 to 28th

February 2015

(Winter Season)

AAQ monitoring was done at 8

locations by following the CPCB

methods. Sampling locations were

established at villages around the site

at various upwind and downwind

directions.

Noise Quality Locations

covering all

category of

study area

8th February

2015 to 20th

February 2015

(Winter Season)

Noise level monitoring was done at 8

locations at various area categories

using integrated sound level meter.

Measurements were taken by

following the CPCB procedure.

Surface &

groundwater

quality

Streams,

Canals and

groundwater

of villages of

study area

16th & 17th

February 2015

(Winter Season)

Grab sampling was done and the

samples were preserved and

analysed for relevant parameters

following the methods prescribed by

APHA. Six samples of surface and

eight samples of ground water were

collected.

Soil Quality Agriculture

fields of study

area

18th February

2015

(Winter Season)

Eight samples were collected and

analyzed for all relevant parameters

by following IARI Methods.

Land use 10 km area

around mine

- Land use analysis using Satellite

Imagery and GIS Technique

Flora & Fauna Forests of

study area

Secondary data

and field survey

Secondary Data collected from

Published literature and checked

during field visit.

Demography

and

Socioeconomic

Study area of

mines

Secondary data

and field survey

Secondary Data was collected from

District Collector Office.

The study area map of the core zone and 10 km area of the buffer zone showing major

topographical features and environment monitoring locations is shown in Figure 3.1.





Air & Noise

Soil Surface Water

Ground Water

Figure 3.1 Map Showing Environmental Monitoring Locations





3.2 Meteorology

Meteorological station was established at Nadikudi to generate data on wind speed and wind

direction, ambient temperature and humidity. Data was generated during winter season (1-

12-2014 to 28-2-2015), summary is shown in Table 3.2. Wind rose is given in Figure 3.2

Table 3.2: Summary of Site Specific Meteorological Data

Month Temperature

(deg C)

Relative

Humidity, %

Avg. Wind

speed

Predominant

Direction

(from)

Calm

Period

Max Min Max Min Kmph (from ) %

December, 14 23.0 33.0 60 42 5.5 SW, W 8

January, 15 18.5 28.0 62 40 5.2 SW, W 6

February, 15 26.5 35.5 55 43 6.0 SW, W 5

Figure 3.2 Wind Rose of Site (Winter Season)





Inversion Occurrence

High ground based inversions at 5.30 AM of the order of 90% and above is observed over

central India and Deccan Plateau during November and December. At 5.30 PM the ground

based inversions are below 5% all over central India. The distribution of the top heights of

the inversion layers over central India for 5.30 AM shows deep formation with heights

varying between 400 and 1500 m. At 5.30 PM the distribution is insignificant. The frequency

of occurrence of elevated inversions at 5.30 AM and 5.30 PM over Central India and Deccan

Plateau shows lower values of 15% and less. Mixing Height values of the site has been

obtained from isopleths given in CPCB Publication “Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing

Depth over Indian Region“.

Time (IST) December (in m) Time (IST) December (in m)

7.00 50 14.00 1000

8.00 200 15.00 1000

9.00 400 16.00 800

10.00 500 17.00 600

11.00 600 18.00 600

12.00 800 19.00 600

13.00 1000 18.00 --

3.3 Ambient Air Quality

The monitoring stations were established at upwind, downwind and crosswind directions with

respect to the mine site. CPCB guidelines were followed for locating the monitoring stations.

The monitoring locations are shown in Table 3.3 and Figure 3.1. The summary of results is

given in Table 3.4.

Table 3.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No. Location Direction from Project

Site

Distance from Project Site

Remarks

A1 Near Mine Site (Kachavaram)

West Boundary Core zone (near limestone mine)

A2 Near Plant Site (Inuparajupalle)

SE 1.0 km Core zone (near cement plant)

A3 Naguleruvegu NW 0.5 Downwind direction

A4 Budawada NW 1.25 Downwind direction

A5 Dachepalle N 5.0 Large Town

A6 Modinapadu RF N 9.5 Forest Location

A7 Karempudi S 9.0 Upwind direction

A8 Godewaripalle SW 1.5 Near mine and plant





Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hourly average in g/m3)

Location PM2.5 SO2 NO2

Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean

A1 18 26 21 4.0 5.8 4.6 9.0 9.8 9.1

A2 20 26 23 4.0 6.2 4.8 9.0 10.5 9.5

A3 18 25 22 4.0 5.2 4.4 9.0 10.6 9.4

A4 22 26 24 4.0 7.2 5.0 9.2 10.8 9.9

A5 24 32 27 5.2 8.6 6.7 9.2 13.8 11.1

A6 20 25 22 4.0 4.8 4.2 9.0 10.6 9.6

A7 35 41 38 4.0 8.4 5.2 9.5 14.8 11.3

A8 22 26 24 4.0 7,2 5.1 9.2 10.8 9.8

Location PM10 g/m3 NH3

g/m3

O3

g/m3

As ng/m

3

Ni ng/m3

Pb g/m

3

Free Silica,% of PM10

Min Max Mean

A1 42 56 48 9.4 10 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 6

A2 43 56 49 10.6 12.5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 5

A3 38 52 47 10.0 11.4 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 6

A4 45 58 52 10.2 12.4 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 6

A5 60 72 66 13.7 14.5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 5

A6 44 52 49 8.8 11.2 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 6

A7 62 73 68 13.7 15.2 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 5

A8 45 58 52 10.3 12.5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1 6

Observation on Ambient Air Quality: The concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 at all the

monitoring locations is found within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed

by CPCB. SiO2 content of combined PM10 samples varied from 10% to 12%. The ambient air

quality of the study area are meets the prescribed national ambient air quality standard

[Standard for PM2.5 is 60 µg/m3, PM10 is 100 µg/m3, SO2 is 80 µg/m3 and NO2 is 80 µg/m3 in

all the samples. No abnormal values have been found with respect to BAP, Benzene and

Heavy Metals presence in the dust of ambient air.

3.4 Ambient Noise Quality

Ambient noise measurements were taken at 6 locations, depicting various area categories.

Measurements were noted as per CPCB method. Noise monitoring locations and results for

day time and night time is presented in Table 3.5.





Table 3.5 Ambient Noise Quality Results

Location Category Day time

Leq dB(A)

Standard Day time Leq; dB(A)

Night time

Leq; dB(A)

Standard Night time Leq; dB(A)

Kachavaram Commercial 61.3 65.0 53.3 55.0

Inuparajupalle Residential 51.7 55.0 42.2 45.0

Bodada Residential 52.8 55.0 42.3 45.0

Dachepalle Commercial 62.7 65.0 52.3 55.0

Madinapadu Residential 52.3 55.0 41.6 45.0

Gadevaripalle Residential 51.2 55.0 42.1 45.0

Karempudi Commercial 62.3 65.0 51.6 55.0

Kesanupalle Residential 51.6 55.0 40.8 45.0

Observation on Ambient Noise Quality: The ambient noise quality of the study area is

within the prescribed National Noise Quality Standard.

3.5 Surface and Ground Water Quality

Eight ground water samples and six surface water samples were collected from different

locations of study area. The water samples were examined for physico-chemical and

bacteriological parameters. The samples were collected and analyzed as per the procedures

specified in Standard Methods. Temperature, pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen were

measured at site itself. Surface water sample were analysed for various parameters and

assessed using the CPCB‟s BDU Criteria. The name of sampling locations is given in Table

3.6. Ground water and surface water results are presented in Table 3.7.

Table 3.6 Water Sampling Locations

Sampling Location Direction from project site

Distance (km) from project site

Groundwater

GW1 Project Site - -

GW2 Kachavaram W 0.1 km

GW3 Dachepalle N 5.1 km

GW4 Nadikudi NNW 5.7 km

GW5 PeddaGarlapada E 1.8 km

GW6 Godewaripalle SSW 1.0 km

GW7 Boduwada NW 1.25 km

GW8 Chintapalle SSE 8.1 km





Surface water

SW1 Kesanupalli Major Canal West of mine site ML area (core zone)

SW2 Naguleruvagu canal NW 0.8

SW3 Nadikodi major canal WNW 2.8

SW4 Dandivagu canal W 8.0

SW5 Ramapuram major canal W 6.0

SW6 Tangeda major canal E 4.0

SW7 Jawahar canal SSE 7.5

Table 3.7 Ground Water Test Result

Parameters Project Site Kachavaram Dachepalle Nadikudi

1 pH 7.33 7.39 7.59 7.43

2 Total Dissolved Solids 1240 1610 1880 1468

3 Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/l)

490 510 530 370

4 Calcium as Ca (mg/l) 152 180 160 100

5 Magnesium as Mg (mg/l) 26.7 14.6 31.6 29.2

6 Sulphate (mg/l) 94 126 145 88

7 Chlorides as Cl (mg/l) 196 274 320 212

8 Nitrates as NO3(mg/l) 10.8 10.2 12.8 9.6

9 Fluoride as F (mg/l) 0.74 0.96 0.76 0.89

10 Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.03 0.11 0.12 0.04

11 Total coliform (MPN/100 ml) Nil Nil Nil Nil

Note: Pb, Ni, Cr, Co, As, Hg, Cd, Cu and Zn were found to be below the detectable limit

Parameters Peddagarlapada Gadevaripalle Budawada Chintapalle

1 pH 7.40 7.23 7.28 7.48

2 Total Dissolved Solids 810 2084 2208 1232

3 Total Hardness as CaCO3(mg/l)

350 590 590 410

4 Calcium as Ca (mg/l) 92 192 200 100

5 Magnesium as Mg

(mg/l)

29.2 26.7 21.9 38.9

6 Sulphate (mg/l) 76 224 236 88

7 Chlorides as Cl (mg/l) 84 426 476 146

8 Nitrates as NO3(mg/l) 8.5 13.5 14.6 11.2

9 Fluoride as F (mg/l) 0.68 0.88 0.78 0.88





10 Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.03 0.13 0.11 0.04

11 Total coliform (MPN/100 ml)

Nil Nil Nil Nil


Table 3.8 Surface Water Test Result

Parameters Unit Kesanpalle

Major Canal

Naguleruvagu

Canal

Nadikudi

Major

Canal

1 pH - 7.28 7.51 7.46

2 Conductivity mhos/cm 521 984 1040

3 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 352 631 663

4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 4.8 4.5 4.6

5 BOD mg/l 3.8 3.4 3.1

6 COD mg/l 9.8 8.4 8.6

7 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 88 96 92


Surface Water Test Result

Parameters Unit Ramapuram

Major Canal

Tangeda

Major Canal

Jawahar

Canal

1 pH - 7.26 7.24 7.16

2 Conductivity mhos/cm 541 526 509

3 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 340 318 364

4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 4.2 3.9 4.2

5 BOD mg/l 4.1 3.1 3.3

6 COD mg/l 9.2 8.4 8.6

7 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 98 84 90

Note: Pb, Ni, Cr, Co, As, Hg, Cd, Cu were found to be below the detectable limit

Observation on Ground Water Quality: The pH value of the samples was found to be

within limit. pH values ranges between 7.23 to 7.59. TDS values in all the sample ranges

between 810 - 2208 mg/l. Hardness contents of the sample ranges between 350 - 590 mg/l.

Calcium values of the ground water samples ranges between 92 – 200 mg/l. Magnesium

values of the ground water samples ranges between 14.6 – 38.9 mg/l. Chloride values of the

ground water samples ranges between 84 - 476 mg/l. Nitrates values of the ground water

samples ranges between 8,5 – 14.6 mg/l.Fluoride values of the ground water samples

ranges between 0.68 – 0.96 mg/l The ground water quality did not show any evidence of oil,





metallic or bacterial contamination. The ground water quality has ligh level of dissolved

solids and hardness content.

Observation on Surface Water Quality: No metallic contamination was found in surface

water samples.

3.6 Hydrogeology

M/s Shree Cement Limited engaged an institute of repute to prepare the hydrogeological

report. The report is attached as Annexure-4.

3.7 Soil Quality

Eight soil samples were collected from agriculture fields and physic-chemical characters

were analyzed. At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths; 1-5

cm, 10-20 cm and 40-50 cm below the surface. The samples were homogenized and the

quantity was reduced using the coning and quartering method. The soil sampling location

provided in Table 3.9 and Figure 3.2. Soil analysis results of soil samples are presented in

Table 3.10.

Table 3.9 Soil Sampling Locations

S. No. Location Distance from Project Site

S-1 Project Site Core zone

S-2 Kachavaram Along ML boundary in W

S-3 Dachepalle 5 km in N

S-4 Nadikudi 8 in NW

S-5 Peddgarlapadu 2 km in E

S-6 Gogulapadu 1.5 km in W

S-7 Bodada 1.5 km in NW

S-8 Chintapalle 8.0 km SE

Table 3.10 Soil Analysis Results


1 Bulk Density; g/cm3 1.23 1.15 1.26 1.34

2 Colour Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

3 Organic matter; % 1.35 1.52 1.26 1.35





4 pH 7.42 7.48 7.11 7.20

5 Texture Silt Clay Silt Clay Silt Clay Silt Clay

7 Conductivity, mhos/cm 90 120 78 98

8 Chlorides (mg/ 100gm) 28.65 41.26 40.53 42.12

9 Available Potassium as K, Kg/ha

171.4 193.4 137.1 126.2

10 Available Phosphorus as P, Kg/ha

17.1 25.6 12.8 18.3

11 Available Nitrogen as N, Kg/ha

170.6 133.5 163.5 14632

Parameters Peddagarlapadu Gogulapadu Bodada Chintapalle

1 Bulk Density; g/cm3 1.33 1.39 1.36 1.29

2 Colour Blackish Brown Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

3 Organic matter; % 1.74 1.52 1.69 1.46

4 pH 7.12 7.38 7.12 7.34



8 Chlorides, mg/ 100gm 26.42 28.13 44.62 56.29

9 Available Potassium as K,

Kg/ha

108.1 182.8 136.2 145.6

10 Available Phosphorus as P,

Kg/ha

9.21 10.16 17.24 16.48

11 Available Nitrogen as N,

Kg/ha

122.7 142.9 164.1 149.5

Observation on Soil Quality: The pH of the soil varied from 7.11 to 7.48. The nitrogen

values range between 122.7 kg/ha to 164.1 kg/ha. The phosphorus values range between

9.21 kg/ha to 25.6 kg/ha. The potassium values range between 108.1 kg/ha to 193.4 kg/ha.

The soil quality of the study area with average concentration of nitrogen, Phosphorus and

potassium is medium as per the standard soil classification.

3.8 Ecology

The study area is covered by agriculture land and fallow land. The forest cover is scanty.

Only one patch of the Madinapadu Reserve Forest is located at 10 km north boundary of the

site. No Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park, Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife Corridors, Reserve

Forest, Tiger Reserves are falling within the study area (10 km radius area of the project

site). No Migratory routes of birds and endangered species exist in the study area. Hence





the biodiversity of the study area is poor. It is imperative to study the ecology of the region,

essentially, how organisms are dependent on the region in terms of resource utilization,

habitat etc., and also how organisms play role to sustain the ecology of the region. Largely

the proposed project area falls under agro-climatic zone namely East-Cost Plains-Hills and

Deccan Plateau Zone of India. The mean maximum temperature remains 47ºC and

minimum 15ºC. Average annual rainfall recorded 830 mm. Guntur district has a huge

diversity of soil, ground water levels, erratic rainfall, high summer temperature, minor

altitudinal variation and attractive coastline. An extensively rich and fertile plains support

cultivation of variety of cereals, pulses, vegetable, sugar cane, chilli and tobacco. The

topography further shows low lying, deciduous hillock-scrub jungle along the bank of river

Krishna on the eastern site of the Nagarjunsagar Dam at the same time there are barren

wastelands with very deep groundwater levels. Total geographical area of the district Guntur

is 11391 km2 out of which total forest area is 1619.41 km2 which is about 14.22%. If we

divide forest in to various density class there is no any very dense forest while moderate

dense forest is around 219 km2, open forest is 645 km2 and Scrub forest is 391 km2.

Threatened plant species

As per primary survey of the proposed area, no any threatened floral species was recorded.

The enlisted flora was also cross checked with the existing secondary literatures, no any

taxa were found in the Red Data List of Indian plants. This categorization was done

according to IUCN, Red Data Book (Walter and Gillett, 1998), and Red Data Book

published by the Botanical Survey of India (Nayar and Shastry, 1987).

Rare and Endangered Species

During primary survey likewise threatened plant species, no any rare and endangered plant

species were found.

Primary survey: Flora

The 10 km radial distance from the plant boundary has been considered as study area for

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) baseline studies. Field studies have been

conducted in December 2015. An ecosystem can be characterized in terms of its

structure (the biota and the physical environment) and processes (transfer of energy

and materials between organisms and the physical environment). Although primary

productivity is arguably the most prominent ecological function of plants, the specific

structure of plant communities can play crucial roles in controlling ecosystem development.

Plants are by far the most important means of primary production, and it is therefore very





significance concern of plant community structure that indicates how productive an

ecosystem is.

From the ecology standpoint it very important to know the vegetation pattern, the community

structure, floral assemblage, distribution pattern, largely which type of faunal species

depending on what type of flora. To get a clear picture of the ecology and the biodiversity of

the proposed site and its surroundings as well, a reconnaissance survey was carried out. For

vegetation study standard sampling protocols were followed developed by EMTRC

Consultant Pvt. Ltd. Using the standard sampling protocol flora of the study area was listed.

Methodological approach for studying the flora

For vegetation sampling quadrat method was used. For trees 10x 10m, for shrub 2x 2m and

while for herbs and grasses 1x 1m size of quadrat was used. For each life form ten quadrats

were laid randomly and plants were listed. For identification of plants, photographs and

sample were taken and identified later with the help of existing literature and. For assistance

in identifying local name of the plant species, help of rural people was also taken. Hence

nearby three sampling locations were identified and quadrat were laid out.

The study area is comprised of the thorny scrub vegetation. The entire region is pre-

dominated with Acacia horrita and Acacia chundra. The associate species were Anogeissus

latifolia, Hardwickia binate, Albizia lebbek. However some other species e.g. Azadirachta

indica, Mangifera indica, Delonix elata, Ficus bengalesis, Melia azadirach etc. were also

found. Hardwickia binata found to be a good fodder tree species of the live-stoke also the

forest provides asylum to several fauna as well as avifauna of the region. The understory

vegetation comprises largely shrub, herbs and grasses. The dominant shrubs species

included Euphorbia caducifolia, Zyzypus oinoplia, Cassia auriculata, Capparis decidua and

Calotropis giganticum etc. and herbs species were Sehima nervosum, Achyranthus aspera,

Aristida mutica and Euphorbia hirta etc. while grasses were Croton bonplandianum, and

Cymbopogon fulvus etc.

Table 3.11 List of Common Flora Found in the Study Area

S. No. Local name Botanical Name Family

Tree species

1 Nalla thuma Acacia horrida Fabaceae

2 Drisanam Albizia lebbek Mimosaceae

3 - Anogeissus latifolia Combretaceae





4 - Cassia fistula Fabaceae

5 - Choroloxylon swietenia Rutaceae

6 - Dichrostachys cinerea Fabaceae

7 Tunki Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae

8 - Grewia bracteata Tiliaceae

9 - Hardwickia binnata Fabaceae

10 - Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae

11 - Melia azadarach Meliaceae

12 - Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae

13 Teku Tectona grandis Verbenaceae

14 - Zyzyphus americaca Rhamnaceae

Shrub species

1 - Acacia cassia Caesalpiniaceae

2 Yerri kusuma Argemon mexicana Papaveraceae

3 - Becium filamentosus Libiatae

4 Yenuka parike

Cadaba fruticosa Capparaceae

5 Jilledu Calotropis giganticus Asclepiadaceae

6 - Capparis decidua Capparaceae

7 Kalivi Carissa spinarum Apocynaceae

8 Tangedu Cassia auriculata Caesalpiniaceae

9 Bandaru Dodonea viscosa Saindaceae

10 - Erythroxylum monogynum Erythroxylaceae

11 Brahma jemudu

Euphorbia antiquorum Euphorbiaceae

12 - Helicteres isora Malvaceae

13 - Homonoia retusa Euphorbiaceae

14 - Mundulea sericea Fabaceae

15 Regu Ziziphus oenoplia Rhamnaceae

Grasses

1 - Aristida mutica Poaceae

2 - Chloris dolichostachya Papilionaceae

3 - Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae

4 - Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae

5 - Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

6 - Eragrostis coarctata Poaceae





7 - Heteropogon contortus Poaceae

8 - Oplismenenus burmaniii Poaceae

9 - Polycarpaea aurea Caryophyllaceae

10 - Sehima nervosum Poaceae

Herbs

1 Uttareni Achyranthus aspera Amaranthaceae

2 - Ageratum conizoides Asteraceae

3 - Indonesiella echioides Acanthaceae

4 - Anisochilus carnosus Lameaceae

5 - Polygaga elongata Ceramiaceae

6 - Zorina gibbosa Fabaceae

7 - Hybanthus enneaspermus Violaceae

8 - Amaranthus viridis Amaranthaceae

9 Chenchali Digera muricata Amaranthaceae

10 Antretha Pupalea lappacea Amaranthaceae

11 - Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

12 Kukka thulasi Ocimum americanum Lamiaceae

List of Common Medicinal Plants found in the Study Area

S.No. Local name Scientific name Family

1 Peddamanu Ailenthus excelsa Simoraobaceae

2 Sugandhapala Hemidesmus indicus Periplocaceae

3 - Gymnema sylvestre Apocynaceae

4 Kukkapala Tylophora indica Asclepiadaceae

5 Mukkupala

Teega

Leptadenia reticulate Verbenaceae

6 Dustapa teega Pergularia daemia Asclepiadaceae

7 - Cryptostegia grandiflora Apocynaceae

8 - Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae

9 - Rauwolfia serpentina Apocynaceae

10 Vavili Vites negundo Verbenaceae

Floristic composition of the study area: It is crucial to understand the structure and

function of particular vegetation and its composition in an ecosystem. The temporal and

spatial changes happen due to immediate or micro-climatic conditions. These factors exert





significant influences on plant development, distribution, composition and association,

which in turn improve the micro-habitat by regulating the community structure and

ecosystem functioning. To analyze floristic composition of the area, frequency, density,

abundance and importance value index (IVI) values were calculated simultaneously

Shannon-weiner diversity index (H‟) and dominance index (Cd) were calculated.

The formulae used for the various calculations are:

Frequency: Frequency is the number of sampling units (%) in which a particular species

occurs. Thus frequency of each species is calculated as follows:

% Frequency = studied quadrats ofnumber Total

species a of occurrence of quadrats ofNumber × 100

Density: The number of individuals of any species per unit area of occurrence. It is

calculated as:

Density = studied quadrats ofnumber Total

species a of individual ofnumber Total

Abundance: This is the number of individuals of any species per unit area of occurrence. It

is calculated as:

Abundance = occurred speciesin which quadrats ofNumber

quadrats allin species theof sindividual ofnumber Total

Relative Frequency: Relative frequency is calculated by the following formula

Relative Frequency = species theall ofFrequency

species a ofFrequency × 100

Relative Density: Relative Density is calculated by the following formula

Relative Density = species theall ofDensity

species a ofDensity × 100

Relative Dominance: Relative Dominance is calculated by the following formula

Relative Dominance = species all of Dominance

species a of Dominance × 100





Importance Value Index (IVI): Curtis and McIntosh (1950) proposed an index known as

Importance Value Index (IVI) to express the dominance, and ecological success of any species

with a single value. According to Philips 1959 IVI expresses the abundance and ecological

success of any species with a single value. Importance Value Index (IVI) was calculated by the

summation of relative values of frequency, density and dominance (Curtis and McIntosh, 1950;

Curtis and Cottam, 1956; Phillips, 1959).

Importance Value Index (IVI) = Rel. Frequency + Rel. Density + Rel. Dominance

Diversity indices are the measures that reflect how many different species, genera, families,

number of individuals, biomass or coverage types are in dataset. Diversity index shows the

ratios between the number of species and total density of individual of all the species.

Species diversity tends to be low in physically controlled communities and high in

biologically control communities. It is directly correlated with stability more diverse

ecosystem tends towards higher stability.

Shanon -weiner diversity Index (H’): Shannon‟s Index (H´) (Shannon and Weiner, 1963) is

one measure of species diversity that takes into account for each species, the proportion of

individuals that contribute to the total sample. Generally, a site that has a more even distribution

of species (i.e. each species is represented by the same number of individuals) is considered to

be more diverse.

H‟ = –

s

i 1 pi ln pi

Where, H’ is Shannon-Wiener Index of species diversity, pi is the proportion of ith species

and s is the number of individuals of all the species.

Simpson’s Index or Concentration of Dominance (Cd): Concentration of dominance was

calculated for the observation of strongest control of species over space in different sites

(Simpson, 1949).

Cd =

s

i 1

(pi)2

Where pi is the proportion of ith species and s is the number of individuals of all the species.

Tree species composition at Madinapadu RF

Trees Freq. Den ha-1

Abund. Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Acacia horrida 100.00 150 1.50 20.00 21.43 10.90 52.32

Anogeissus latifolia 30.00 40 1.33 6.00 5.71 9.69 21.40





Bauhinia recemosa 50.00 50 1.00 10.00 7.14 7.26 24.41

Cassia fistula 60.00 110 1.83 12.00 15.71 13.32 41.03

Chloroxylum swiectenia 30.00 50 1.67 6.00 7.14 12.11 25.25

Diospyros melanoxylon 40.00 50 1.25 8.00 7.14 9.08 24.22

Excoecaria agallocha 40.00 40 1.00 8.00 5.71 7.26 20.98

Gardenia latifolia 40.00 50 1.25 8.00 7.14 9.08 24.22

Hardwickia binnata 50.00 80 1.60 10.00 11.43 11.62 33.05

Zyzyphus xylopyrus 60.00 80 1.33 12.00 11.43 9.69 33.11

Tree species composition at scrub forest

Trees Freq. Den ha-1.

Abundance Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Acacia horrida 90.00 110 1.22 39.13 36.67 18.64 94.44

Albizia lebbeck 40.00 50 1.25 17.39 16.67 19.07 53.13

Anogeissus latifolia 30.00 30 1.00 13.04 10.00 15.25 38.30

Grewia bracteata 30.00 40 1.33 13.04 13.33 20.34 46.72

Dichrostachys cinerea 40.00 70 1.75 17.39 23.33 26.69 67.42

Analysis of trees data shows that among three sites Acacia horrida was most frequent

species followed by Cassia fistula and zyzyphus xylopyrus. Density of Acacia horrida was

also recorded highest among the tree species followed by Cassia fistula. These two tree

species were abundantly distributed within the region. Importance value index values were

also comparatively high, which show that importance in terms of biomass, productivity,

contribution in nutrient turn-over of soil, maintaining hydrological balance, carbon budget of

these two species was relatively high in the ecosystem.

At scrub forest site Acacia horrida was most frequent species followed by Albizia lebbeck

and Dichrostachys cinerea. Density of Acacia horrida was also recorded highest among the

tree species followed by Dichrostachys cinerea.

Trees Diversity Indices at Two Forest Sites

Forest site Shannon- Weiner (H’) Dominance index (Cd)

Madinapadu RF 2.20 0.12

Scrub forest 1.50 0.28

Analysis of the tree diversity indices obtained from primary survey exhibited that

Madinapadu RF was comparatively more diverse than the Scrub forest site. If we see the

concentration of the dominance values, it clearly shows that at Madinapadu RF

concentration of dominance value was comparatively low than scrub forest sites.





Shrub species composition at Madinapadu RF site

Shrubs CN Freq. Den ha-1

Abundance Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Acacia caessia 40.00 1000 1.00 6.78 4.60 5.75 17.13

Cadaba fruticosa 70.00 3250 1.86 11.86 14.94 10.68 37.49

Carrisa spinarium 40.00 1250 1.25 6.78 5.75 7.19 19.72

Cassia auriculata 60.00 2500 1.67 10.17 11.49 9.59 31.25

Dodonea viscosa 50.00 1750 1.40 8.47 8.05 8.05 24.57

Erythoxylum monogyum 70.00 2000 1.14 11.86 9.20 6.57 27.63

Euphorbia antiquorum 50.00 2000 1.60 8.47 9.20 9.20 26.87

Helicteres isora 30.00 1000 1.33 5.08 4.60 7.67 17.35

Homonoia retusa 30.00 1000 1.33 5.08 4.60 7.67 17.35

Mundulea sericea 50.00 2500 2.00 8.47 11.49 11.51 31.47

Tarena asiatica 50.00 2000 1.60 8.47 9.20 9.20 26.87

Zyzyphus oenoplia 50.00 1500 1.20 8.47 6.90 6.90 22.27

Shrub species composition at scrub forest

Shrubs Freq. Den ha-1.

Abund. Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Acacia caessia 50.00 1500 1.20 11.36 9.38 9.11 29.85

Zyzyphus oenoplia 40.00 1250 1.25 9.09 7.81 9.49 26.40

Capparis decidua 40.00 1750 1.75 9.09 10.94 13.29 33.32

Flacourtia indica 60.00 2000 1.33 13.64 12.50 10.13 36.26

Euphorbia caducifolia 50.00 1750 1.40 11.36 10.94 10.63 32.93

Becium filamentosum 50.00 1750 1.40 11.36 10.94 10.63 32.93

Calotropis giganticum 60.00 2000 1.33 13.64 12.50 10.13 36.26

Mimosa intsia 40.00 1500 1.50 9.09 9.38 11.39 29.86

Cassia auriculata 50.00 2500 2.00 11.36 15.63 15.19 42.18

The shrub layer data analysis shows that the most frequent and dominant shrub species

were Cadaba fruticose, and Erythoxylum monogyum, followed by Cassia auriculata,

Dodonea viscosa, Flacourtia indica, calotropis giganticum and Euphorbia antiquorum etc, at

two sampling sites. These species were also observed to be densest species among the

sites. In terms of their value in the ecosystem importance value index (IVI) value was

comparatively high for these species.

Shrub Diversity Indices at Two Forest Sites

Forest site Shannon- Weiner (H‟) Dominance index (Cd)


Scrub forest site 2.18 0.12





Shrub diversity indices values exhibited that Madinapadu RF site was comparatively more

diverse among the two sites, while dominance data exhibits that due to highest dominance

share of resources among the shrub species results a low dominance index for the this site.

Highest dominance value of shrub species in scrub forest site pertain to that dominance

share among shrub species is low since species diversity is low.

Herb and Grass composition at Madinapadu RF site

Herbs and Grasses Freq. Den ha-1.

Abund. Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Achyrenthus aspera 50.00 8000 1.60 8.77 7.34 8.21 24.32

Ageratum conyzoides 50.00 6000 1.20 8.77 5.50 6.16 20.43

Aristida mutica 60.00 11000 1.83 10.53 10.09 9.41 30.02

Chloris dolichostachya 30.00 4000 1.33 5.26 3.67 6.84 15.77

Croton bonpladianum 100.00 29000 2.90 17.54 26.61 14.88 59.03

Chrysopogon fulvus 80.00 15000 1.88 14.04 13.76 9.62 37.42

Desmodium gangeticum 40.00 7000 1.75 7.02 6.42 8.98 22.42

Dichanthium annulatum 30.00 4000 1.33 5.26 3.67 6.84 15.77

Ocimum americanum 30.00 5000 1.67 5.26 4.59 8.55 18.40

Oplismenus burmanii 50.00 6000 1.20 8.77 5.50 6.16 20.43

Polycarpaea aurea 50.00 14000 2.80 8.77 12.84 14.37 35.98

Herb and Grass Composition at Scrub Forest Site

Herbs and grasses Freq. Den ha-1

Abundance Rel Freq

Rel Den

Rel Dom

IVI

Aristida mutica 60.00 9000 1.50 9.84 9.47 9.71 29.02

Polycarpaea aurea 60.00 7000 1.17 9.84 7.37 7.56 24.76

Sehmia nervosum 80.00 13000 1.63 13.11 13.68 10.52 37.32

Areva lanata 40.00 7000 1.75 6.56 7.37 11.33 25.26

Achyranthus aspera 70.00 10000 1.43 11.48 10.53 9.25 31.25

Croton bonplandianum 80.00 19000 1.90 2.38 13.11 20.00 15.38

Euphorbia hirta 30.00 5000 1.67 4.92 5.26 10.79 20.98

Pupalea lappacea 60.00 6000 1.00 9.84 6.32 6.48 22.63

Dicanthium annulatum 70.00 10000 1.00 1.43 11.48 10.53 9.25

Cymbopogon fulvus 60.00 9000 1.50 9.84 9.47 9.71 29.02

Data of herbaceous layer showed that between the sites most frequent and dominant herb

species were Croton bonpladianum, Chrysopogon fulvus, Achyranthus aspera, and aristida

mutica etc., followed by Ageratum conyzoides and oplesmenus burmanii. These species

were also observed to be densest species among the three forest sites. The importance

value index (IVI) value was comparatively high for above mentioned species.





Herb and Grass Diversity Indices at Two Forest Sites

Forest site Shannon- Weiner (H‟) Dominance index (Cd)


Scrub forest site 2.23 0.12

Highest herbs and grasses were found in the Scrub forest site, reason being that the forest

of this site was comparatively more open which allows more sunlight to reach to the forest

floor and provide opportunity to thrive the ground vegetation like herbs and grasses. Hence

more dominance share for resources and habitat gives low dominance index of herbaceous

vegetation of this site.

Faunal Species

Information about faunal diversity was gathered by interviewing concerned forest personals,

and local villagers. Bird species were listed by direct sighting and identified with help of

pictorial bird guide. The birds were surveyed near bushes and forest area. Common birds of

the region are grey-headed lapwing, common crow, Dove, babblers, Brahmny myna,

common mynas, coppersmith barbet, pegions, sparrows, indian drongo, cattle ergets,

parakeets, rock chats, pittas, bee-eaters, owls, and hens etc.

Other Faunal Species

Other common wild animals of Guntur are deer, sambar, mongoose, jungle cat, tortoise,

squirrels, langoors, rhesus monkey, different varieties of snakes (cobra, viper and karait

etc.), lizards, scorpions, spiders, butter flies, moths and commonly found insects

3.12 List of Fauna Noted in the Study Area

S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule as per Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Animals in Core Zone

None

Fauna at Core zone

1. Squirrel Funambulus pennantii Schedule IV

2. Indian Rat R. rattus Schedule V

3. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Schedule IV

4. Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Schedule IV

Avifauna at core zone

1. Blue rock Pigeon Columba livia Schedule IV

2. House crow Corvus splendens Schedule V





3. Partridge Francolinus pondicerianus Schedule IV

4. Sparrow Passer domesticus Schedule IV

Animals in Buffer zone

1. Five striped squirrel Funambulus pennantii Schedule IV



Amphibians in Buffer zone

1. Bull Frog Rana tigrina Schedule IV

2. Common frog Rana sp. Schedule IV

Common Reptiles in Buffer zone

1. Common Krait Bungaru scaeruleus Schedule IV


Large Herbivore in Buffer Zone

1. Blue bull Boselaphustrago camelus Schedule III

Avifauna at Buffer Zone


2. Spotted Dove Streptopeliachinensis Schedule IV


4. Woodpecker Dendrocoposmahrattensis Schedule IV

5. Brahminy myna Sturniapagodarum Schedule IV

6. Common Babblers Turdoidescaudata Schedule IV

7. Black drongo Dicrurusadsimilis Schedule IV

8. White bellied drongo Dicrurus caerulescens Schedule IV

9. Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Schedule V

10. Owl Asioflammeus Schedule IV

11. Partridge Francolinuspondicerianus Schedule IV


13. Weaver bird Ploceusphilippinus Schedule IV

14. Common myna Acridotherestristis Schedule IV

15. Little egret Egrettagarzetta Schedule IV





3.9 Land Use

The present Land use / Land cover map of the study area is prepared using satellite

imagery. [Indian Remote Sensing Satellite IRS P6 LISS IV MX digital FCC (False Color

Composite) has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land cover (LULC) thematic map of

core zone and buffer zone].

Land use pattern of the study area (Buffer Zone) and ML area (Core Zone) is shown in

Table 3.13 and 3.14. Satellite Imagery of the Core Zone (ML Area) and Buffer Zone (10 km

area around mine boundary) shown in Figure 3.3 and 3.4. LULC Map of core zone already

provided in Figure 2.1. LULC Map of 10 km area around the ML area is presented in Figure

3.5. Digital Elevation Model of Study area is given in Figure 3.7.

Table 3.13 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area (10 km area around site)

S.No. Legend Area (in ha) Area (in %)

1. Water Bodies 249.13 0.57

2. Forest Land 177.76 0.41

3. Crop land 17325.36 39.83

4. Fallow Land 20696.00 47.58

5. Plantation / Vegetation 1066.79 2.45

6. Scrub Land 522.27 1.20

7. Stone / Mine Quarry 117.04 0.27

8. Stony Waste 1233.31 2.84

9. Industrial Area 27.97 0.06

10. Human Settlement 875.66 2.01

11. Open Waste Land 1209.94 2.78

Total 43501.23 100.00

Table 3.14 Land Use Pattern of the Core Zone (Mining Lease area)

S.No.

Legend Area (in ha) Area (in %)

1.

Crop land 190.188 67.70

2.

Fallow Land 93.397 32.93

Total 283.585 100.00





Figure 3.3 Satellite Imagery of Core Zone (ML Area)





Figure 3.5 - Satellite Imagery of Buffer Zone (10 km area around Site)





Figure 3.6 LULC Map of Buffer Zone (10 km area around site)





Figure 3.7 Digital Elevation Model of Study Area





3.10 Demography and Socio-economics

Study area is the area within 10 km radius of the proposed mine site boundary. The socio-

economic parameters i.e. population growth, density, literacy, occupation, infrastructure, etc.

plays an important role in determining the impact of the proposed activity directly or indirectly

on the socio-economics of the study area. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental.

3.10.1 Population Distribution

The decadal growth rate of population during 2001-2011 in Guntur district is 9.5%. The

population density is 430 persons/km2. The literacy rate is 67.4%; 75% males and 60%

females are literates. The SC population comprises 19.6% and ST population comprises 5%

of the total population. The sex ratio is 1003. 48.73% people are total workers; 75% male

and 60% females do some or the other work. 12.7% population are cultivators, whereas 52%

are agriculture labourers. Workers in household industry comprises only 2% of the total

population and 34% population are engaged in other work.

The study area (10 km area around mine site) falls under Dachepalli and Karempudi Mandal

(CD Block). There are 19468 households and 75233 population in Dachelappi Mandal.

There are 13839 households and 52367 population in Karempudi Mandal. Both the Mandals

are 100% rural. The total population of the study area is 163169 and comprises of 40519

households, in 24 villages.

Table 3.15 Demographic Features

S. No. Particulars Numbers

1. Total Population 156336

2. Total Household 40519

3. Sex Ratio 990

Source: Census of India 2011

Vulnerable Group of Population: It is very important to identify the population who fall

under the marginalized and vulnerable groups because special attention has to be given

towards these groups for bringing them to mainstream development

Table 3.16 Distribution of SC and ST Population

S. No. Particular Numbers


2. Total SC Population 24012

% age of SC Population 14.71%

3. Total ST Population 8237

% age of ST Population 5.05%

Source: Census of India, 2011





Table 3.17 Literacy Rate in Study Area

S. No. Particular Details of Study Area


2. Total Literates 72641

3. Total Illiterates 83695

4. Literacy Rate (%) 56.02


Table 3.18 Village-Wise Population of the Study area

Village Name Total Household

Total Population

SC Population

ST Population

1. Miriyala 1187 4996 690 65

2. SankarapuraSiddhayi 1227 5228 576 13

3. China Kodamagundla 624 2281 399 74

4. Chinagarlapadu 659 2583 427 4

5. Chintapalle 1157 4254 1010 9

6. PedaKodamagundla 1070 3934 740 402

7. Narmalapadu 572 2283 323 667

8. Petasannigandla 1157 4996 585 398

9. Voppicherla 1642 7020 1025 565

10 Karempudi 2568 12049 1341 1148

11 Thummalacheruvu 2299 8889 1234 147

12 Kamepalle 2169 8049 1436 139

13 Karalapadu 1852 7085 1087 216

14 Bhatrupalem 395 2016 251 1330

15 Dachepalle 4680 19042 1723 908

16 Nadikudi 4580 17238 2566 863

17 Alugumallipadu 81 310 11 0

18 Kesanapalle 1573 6181 1041 261

19 Pedagarlapadu 1278 4646 776 25

20 Gangavaram 636 2709 363 74

21 Gogulapadu 741 3026 646 63

22 Pallegunta 1118 4274 1003 15

23 Gurazala 5827 24550 3698 763

24 CherlagudiPadu 1427 5530 1061 88

Total 40519 163169 24012 8237

Source: Census of India

Village Name Sex Ratio

Literacy Rate

Total Worker

Main Worker

Marginal Worker

Non-Worker

1. Miriyala 1013.7 46.23 2971 2894 77 2025

2. SankarapuraSiddhayi 1001.53 53.31 2883 2286 597 2345

3. China Kodamagundla 1020.60 59.68 1420 1364 56 0

4. Chinagarlapadu 1022.06 59.49 1528 1507 21 0

5. Chintapalle 1017.86 57.98 2531 2218 313 0

6. PedaKodamagundla 1013.22 58.69 2384 2285 99 1787

7. Narmalapadu 990.41 44.83 1473 1430 43 810

8. Petasannigandla 963.84 55.87 2539 2462 77 2457

9. Voppicherla 975.24 40.78 4354 4330 24 2666

10 Karempudi 873.87 63.8 5092 4237 855 6957

11 Thummalacheruvu 1007.76 57.58 4853 4082 771 0

12 Kamepalle 1006.58 59.41 4412 4258 154 0





13 Karalapadu 995.34 59.79 4363 4170 193 0

14 Bhatrupalem 957.28 41.66 1101 991 110 915

15 Dachepalle 994.33 58.32 9566 8403 1163 0

16 Nadikudi 999.88 57.44 8448 6947 1501 8296

17 Alugumallipadu 935.48 61.71 188 94 94 0

18 Kesanapalle 1001.46 58.98 3357 3186 171 0

19 Pedagarlapadu 1007.75 58.55 2201 1986 215 0

20 Gangavaram 977.37 50.19 1701 1552 149 1008

21 Gogulapadu 1010.57 60.83 1841 1688 153 0

22 Pallegunta 993.92 61.23 2392 2336 56 0

23 Gurazala 975.06 58.12 13038 11766 1272 11512

24 Cherlagudipadu 992.40 60.13 3227 2641 586 0

Total 989.47 56.02 87863 79113 8750 40778


3.10.2 Occupational Pattern

The economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of the

people in the area. Table 3.19 shows the distribution of workers in the study area.

Table 3.19 Distribution of Workers in Study Area

S. No. Particulars Numbers


2. Total Working Population 87863

% age of Total Working Population 53.84%

3. Main Workers 79113

% age of Main Workers 48.48%

4. Marginal Workers 8750

% age of Marginal Workers 5.36%

5. Non Workers 40778

% age of Non Workers 24.99%


The above table shows that the percentage of non-workers is high in comparison to total

workers i.e. main and marginal worker in the study area. It may also be seen from the table

that the total number of main workers is higher than the marginal workers.

3.10.3 Basic Amenities

Most of the villages are electrified.

The social activities such as literacy camps, family planning and eye camps have

been organized both by the local government bodies and industries in association

with voluntary agencies.

Telephone and Telegraph facilities are available.

Medical facilities are available in the nearby towns.





Almost all the villages in the buffer zone are electrified. L.T. power is being supplied

for drawing water from a large number of tube wells sunk around the important

villages in the buffer zone, for irrigation purpose. Most of the tanks and ponds as well

as the river water are being utilized for irrigation.

Development programmes: Housing schemes for weaker section, plantation under

Social Forestry Scheme, establishment of primary health centers under Rural

Welfare scheme development of roads, supply of drinking water, sinking tube

wells/etc., are some of the important programmes of the government.

3.10.4 Agriculture

River Krishna flows to the north in the area, at around 15.5 km from proposed site. The area

has many farmlands and paddy fields growing wide varieties of rice, other food grains, and

other various crops. Paddy, tobacco, and chillies are the main agricultural products

cultivated in the study area. Only paddy is grown in the core zone. The yield of paddy in the

core zone varies from 6 to 8 quintals / acre. In some part of buffer zone, the yield of paddy is

as high as 12-14 quintals/acre, which is due to application of improved agriculture practices.

3.10.5 Industries

No major or medium scale industry is present in the study area (10 km area around mine

site). Some air polluting stone crushers are scattered all over the study area. The major

industries within 25 km radius from mine site are listed as under:

S. No. Name of Company/ Industry Direction from project site

Distance from project site

Existing industries in study area (25 Km radius)

1. Andhra Cement Ltd. East 20 Km

2. Bhavaya Cement Ltd. North 20 Km

3. K.C.P. Cement Ltd. (Marchalla) West 25 Km

4. Surya Chem. Ltd. (Piduaralla) SE 22 Km

5. Vijay Laxmi Rice Mill (Gurjala) NW 15 Km

6. Pullipadu Rice Mill (Gurjala) NW 15 Km

7. Maa Dairy (Gurjala) SW 15 Km

8. Metrix Power Pvt. Ltd.(Karampudi) SW 9 KM

9. Vankataroh Rice Mill (Gurjala) - -

10. Balaji Mineral s(Dachapalli) North 4 Km

11. Friend Foundation (Dachapalli) North 4 Km

Proposed projects in study area

1. Ambuja Cement Ltd. North West 1 km

2. Chettinad Cement Ltd North 2 km





CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Identification of Impact

The likely impacts of the proposed limestone mine would be due to initial development of

limestone mine and due to operation at proposed limestone mine. The environmental

parameters likely to be affected by proposed limestone mining are related to many factors

such as physical, social, economic, agriculture and aesthetic etc. Opencast mining involves

extraction of underneath minerals, dumping of waste along with other operations, viz., traffic

network, and other vehicular movements. All these operations can disturb environment of

the area in various ways, such as removal of soil, change of landscape, displacement of

human settlement, flora and fauna of the area, surface drainage, and change in air, water

and soil quality. The basic environmental components likely to be affected are:

Air Environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment

Land Environment

Socio-economic Environment

Flora and Fauna Environment

Aquatic Environment

4.2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality

Drilling, blasting, excavation, Crushing and transportation are the air polluting activities at the

mining site. To reduce the impact of air pollution, best available measures will be taken at

the mining site. Ambient air quality monitoring has been conducted at 8 locations inside and

outside the mine to know the background level of ambient air quality. The impact during the

proposed limestone mining operation on the ambient air quality of the study area has been

predicted using mathematical modelling (ISCST3) by following the guidelines developed by

CPCB (“Assessment of Impact to Air Environment: Guidelines for Conducting Air Quality

Modeling” Probes/70/1997-98). Modeling was carried out using the software ISCST3. The

modeling procedure is described below:

Methodology: The ISCST dispersion model provides option to model emissions from a wide

range of sources. The basis of the model is the straight-line Gaussian plume equation, which





is used with some modification area / volume source emission, storage piles, conveyor belts

and the like. Emission sources are categorized into three basic types of sources; point

source, volume source and area source. The volume source may also be used to simulate

line sources. The input parameters vary depending upon the source type. ISCST3 model

accepts hourly meteorological data records to determine the conditions of plume rise,

transport and diffusion. The model estimates the concentration value for each source and

receptor combination for each hour of input meteorology and calculates user selected short

term averages. The model also calculates the averages for the entire period of input

meteorology. The model uses a virtual point source algorithm to model the effects of volume

sources. Therefore the basic equation is also used to calculate concentration produced by

volume source emission. If the volume source is elevated the user assign the effective

emission height. The user also assigns initial lateral and vertical dimensions for the volume

source, which are actually added to the downwind distance for the calculation of dispersion

coefficients. There are two types of volume sources; surface based sources which can be

modeled as area sources, and elevated sources.

The area source model is based on the equation for a finite crosswind line source. Individual

area source have the normal east-west and north-south dimensions. The effect of an area

source with an irregular shape can be simulated by dividing the area source into multiple

squares that approximate the area of the area source. The only requirement is that each grid

must be square.

Area Source Emissions: The area sources options of the ISCST3 model are used to

simulate the effects of emissions from a wide variety of emission sources. The model is used

to simulate the effects of emission from sources such as building roof monitors, line sources,

conveyor belts and continuously moving vehicles. The model is also used to simulate the

effects of fugitive emissions from sources such as storage piles (stockpiles, overburden, etc)

and dump. CPCB guidelines (1998) on dispersion modeling states that the area sources

which do not emit into a wake region should be treated as either point source with initial

crosswind spread or as non-buoyant volume source with initial vertical and cross wind

speed. If an area source is treated as an effective point source modeling may proceed as it

would for a point source located at the centre of the area. Area sources treated as point

sources may have release heights which are above the ground level but usually these

sources are emitting into a structure wake. If a non-buoyant area source is treated as a

volume source, it is assumed to be located at the centre of the area and have initial spreads

in the vertical and crosswind direction.





Emission Inventory of Limestone Mines: Emissions factors recommended in USEPA‟s

AP42 have been followed to prepare the emission inventory of limestone mines.

Meteorological Data: Meteorological file comprising wind direction, wind speed, ambient

temperature, stability class and mixing height has been prepared for modeling purpose.

Surface meteorological data for wind speed, wind direction and ambient temperature has

been generated at the project site. Historical (seasonal) data on stability class and mixing

height were obtained from published document of CPCB (“Spatial Distribution of Hourly

Mixing Depth over Indian Region” Probes/88/2002-03). F Class stability during night time

and B and C Class stability were assumed during day time.

Default Values: The ISCST model by default does the extrapolation of wind speed to the

effective height of release and calculates final plume rise as per Briggs equation. Since 50%

of land inside a circle of 2.5 km radius around the site does not have considerable build-up

area, rural dispersion coefficient is considered for modeling. The model used regulatory

default options for stack tip downwash, buoyancy induced dispersion, calm processing

routines, default wind processing exponents, vertical potential temperature gradients.

Results and Discussion: The model was set up for calculation of 24-hour average values,

so that the values could be compared with the baseline levels and national ambient air

quality standards. Cartesian Grid with varying spacing was applied to calculate the GLC.

Significant GLC values were observed within 0.5-1.0 km area of the mines. Hence the

ground level concentrations (GLC) were plotted as isopleths for 2.5 km x 2.5 km area, 250 m

spacings. The impact of air emissions due to mining activity on the baseline environmental

quality vis-a-vis National Ambient Air Quality Standards is shown below:

Table 4.1 Impact of Air Emissions on Baseline Environment (24 hr avg in g/m3)

Parameter Incremental glc (max)

Background Level (max in d/w side)

Superimposed value

National Standard

MGLC Location

PM10 11.5 72 83.5 100 Inside ML boundary

The worst incremental GLC of Particulate Matter (PM10) due to crushing and limestone

mining activity will be 11.5 g/m3. When the wind is blowing from southeast direction,

locations falling in the northwest side will be affected by dust. Maximum ground level

concentration of PM10 has been observed to fall inside the mines boundary. The Isopleths

showing the incremental PM10 level on the toposheet is shown in Figure 4.1. The impact of

dust will be insignificant after ML boundary (incremental values of 1 - 0.5 g/m3) outside the

mines boundary (as shown by the green lines of isopleths upto 2.5 km distance from mines).





Figure 4.1 Incremental GLC of PM due to Limestone Mines (2.5 km x 2.5 km) [Red lines are significant impact lines, Green lines are least impact lines]

-2500.00 -2000.00 -1500.00 -1000.00 -500.00 0.00 500.00 1000.00 1500.00 2000.00 2500.00-2500.00

-2000.00

-1500.00

-1000.00

-500.00

0.00

500.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

2500.00





4.3 Impact on Ambient Noise

Noise and vibration shall be produced during drilling and blasting and also due to use of

HEMM. Mine workers will be exposed to noise creating noise related hearing and

psychological problems, resulting in accidents. Surrounding people and fauna will feel

psychological stress to continuous noise.

Table 4.2: Sound Pressure Level from Various Types of HEMM

Machine Capacity Performance Noise Level

1 PC-650-3 Excavator (BEML make) 4.5 m3 400 TPH 80-85 dB

2 B-35 Rear Dump Truck (BEML make) 35 tons 100 TPH 80-85 dB

3 D-355 Ripper Dozer (BEML) 15 m3 150 TPH 80-85 dB

4 PC-220-3, Hydraulic Rock Breaker (HM960)

160 bar pressure

30 TPH 85-90 dB

5 PC-650-3 Hydraulic Backhoe-cum-Breaker (HM-2500)

180 bar pressure

100 TPH 80-85 dB

6 EX-600-V Rock Breaker (HB-5800) 4.0 m3 120 TPH 85-90 dB

7 PC600-LC, Excavator (KOMATSU) 4.0 m3 300 TPH 80-85 dB

8 PC-1250-7, Excavator (KOMATSU) 6.5 m3 600 TPH 80-85 dB

9 HD-465-7, Dumper (KOMATSU) 50 tons 190 TPH 80-85 dB

10 ROC L8,Drill Machine(KOMATSU) - 30 TPH 85-90 dB

11 G710B, Motor Grader (Volvo) - - 80-85 dB

12 1107D, Vibratory Soil Compactor (L&T) - - 80-85 dB

Noise Impact Prediction: With increasing distance from the source the noise level

decreases due to wave divergence. Additional decrease also occurs due to atmospheric

effects and interaction with objects in the transmission paths. For hemispherical sound wave

propagation through homogeneous medium, noise levels at various distances can be

predicted using a model based on the following principle:

Lp2 = Lp1 – 20 Log (r2/r1), where Lp1 and Lp2 are the sound levels at points located at distance

r1 and r2 from the source. Combined effect of all the sources (A, B, C… etc) can be

determined at various locations by the following equation:

10 Log (10lpa/10 +10lpb/10 +10lpc/10), where lpa, lpb and lpc are noise pressure levels at a point

due to different sources.

Based on the above principle, Noise Model has been developed where noise levels can be

predicted at any distance from the source for simple flat terrain. Attenuation factors are not

applied hence the modeled results are overestimate.





Typical noise levels generated by mining equipment are provided below. These are levels,

measured at a distance of 15 m from the equipment. Assuming free field, it is expected that

sound levels would attenuate / reduce as given by the following equation:

L1 – L2 = 20 x log (D2/D1) dB (A)

Where,

L1 = Noise Level, dB (A), at distance D1, and L2 = Noise Level, dB (A), at a distance D2.

Applying above equation, to the noise levels at 15 from the source, indicates that noise level

would reach the regulatory level of 75 dB(A) at a distance varying from 26.7 to 150 m,

depending on the construction equipment. This suggests that the impact of noise from the

equipment, would be limited to the site boundaries.

Table 4.3 Typical Noise Levels of Mining Equipment & Distance to Reach 75 dBA

Name of Construction Equipment

Max. Noise Level dB(A) at 15 m

Distance (m) to Reach 75 dB(A)

Dozer 85 47.4

Back Hoe 80 26.7

Excavator 85 47.4

Grader 85 47.4

Compactors 80 26.7

Front End Loader 80 26.7

Generator Set 82 33.6

Dump Truck 84 42.3

Tractor 84 42.3

Source: www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/noise

Figure 4.2 and 4.3 shows the noise contours at distance 100 m, 200 m, 300 m, 400 m, 500

m from various source strengths like 104 dBA (typical to HEMM movement) and 145 dBA

(blasting).





Figure 4.2: Predicted Noise Level–(source strength 104 dBA)

Figure 4.3: Predicted Noise Level (Source Strength 140 dBA)





Noise due to Blasting: Site mix slurry explosive (ANFO) will be used for blasting. Noise due

to blasting increases the peak level graph since very high level noise generated for short

duration. It ranges between 120 dB(A) to 125 dB (A) at varying distances. The noise levels

generated during blasting is instantaneous but the peak levels due to uncontrolled blasting

my go as high as 140 dB(A).

The blasting operation is carried out by deep hole drilling by a well trained crew team under

the direct supervision of a blasting engineer on day to day basis. The commonly used

boosters are power gel-boost of M/s ICI and emul-boost of M/s IDL. Except during adverse

weather conditions, prilled ANFO explosives is used as column charge in non-cartridge form.

Blasting ease the hard strata generates ground vibration and instantaneous noise. Ground

vibration from mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration of blast. The

variables, which influence ground vibrations, are controllable and non-controllable. The non-

controllable variables include general surface terrain, type and depth of overburden and

wind. Similarly, the controllable variables include type of explosives, charge per delay, delay

interval, direction of blast progression, burden, spacing and specific charge and coupling

ratio.

Loosening of rock mass will be done by the blasting of 10 to 11 m deep and 150 / 165 mm

diameter blast holes. Millie-second delay detonators have been envisaged to minimize the

ground vibration. Use of non electric detonators will be used. Blast vibration studies will be

conducted to optimize the burden & spacing and explosive requirement so as to minimize

the vibration effect due to the blasting.

The DGMS recommended limit for air-blast due to blasting is 115 dB Linear (measured at

any premises or public place). The maximum tolerable level is 120 dB Linear.

Mitigation Measures:

Use of noiseless trunk delays started to minimize the noise due to air blast, use of

non-electric system of blasting for true bottom hole initiation, use of muffling mats to

arrest the dust and fly rock, regular monitoring of magnitude of ground vibrations and

air blast by „‟Minimate Type instruments‟‟ will be done.

The following measures are taken to control the noise pollution and keeping the ambient

noise levels below the limits:





Noise levels shall be reduced by maintaining the proper time gap and distance between

two blasts. Further, the quantum of the explosive ANFO shall also be kept to optimum.

Ear plugs and ear muffs shall be provided as a precautionary measure to the workers

prone to the high noise levels.

Secondary blasting shall be avoided. Hydraulic Rock breaker shall be used to replace

the secondary blasting.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming shall be maintained;

Minimum quantity of detonating fuse shall be consumed by using alternatively Raydet

Excel non-electrical initiation system;

The blasting shall be carried out during favorable atmospheric condition and high human

activity timings;

The operator‟s chamber of HEMM shall be safe guarded from the excessive noise;

Vibration due to Blasting: Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, dust and fumes are the

deleterious effects of blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave

in the ground, which can cause significant damage to structures and disturbance to human

occupants. It causes major damages to the pit configuration too. When an explosive charge

is fired in a hole, stress waves propagate radially in all directions and cause the rock

particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground vibration. The existing and the

proposed increase in mining operations using deep hole drilling and blasting using delay

detonators are bound to produce ground vibrations. The ground vibration are measured as

the peak particle Velocity (PPV), which are compared vis-à-vis the circular no.7, issued by

Director General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria.

Ground vibrations are caused by blasting operations, subsidence due to mining operations,

deployment of mobile equipment, rock bursts and rock bumps. Blasting also generates air

vibration waves. Vibration may cause structural damages, which depend on periodical

acceleration due to vibration. Air blasts can damage structurally unsound buildings and

cause window shattering.

The vibrations by the mechanical effects act on existing rocks and subject them to tensile,

compressive and shearing stresses which spoil their mechanical characteristics with an

immediate consequence. The vibrations are caused due to the permanent installation like

crushers, screens, compressors, traffic and blasting. Among all these, blasting is the major

source of vibration.





The ground vibrations can cause:

Land instability: Distorts working faces of benches and downfalls of dumps;

Cracks in buildings which are present in the mine premises and in the nearby

villages;

Psychological discomfort to human beings as well as to nearby fauna.

The following control measures will be planned to reduce ground vibratory conditions to

sustainable statutory limits.

i. The peak particle velocity (PPV) of ground vibration will be kept below 10 mm/s

for 8-25 hz frequency range through optimally controlled blasting techniques , after

necessary field trials.

ii. Drilling and charging pattern will be ideally formulated, with less explosive charge,

etc., after field trials.

iii. Use of suitable initiating sequence and millisecond delay detonators.

iv. Reduction of amount of explosives charged per day optimally.

v. To contain fly rocks, stemming column will not be less than burden of the hole.

Blasting area will also be muffled, if necessary, to stop fly rocks propagation.

vi. Blasting will not be carried out when strong winds are blowing towards the inhabited

areas. Blasting will be done during midday time and never at night.

vii. Surrounding villages will be regularly inspected for any visual cracks on walls and

feed backs will be gathered to investigate the reasons for these and for reassessing

the charge per delay from time to time.

viii. Vibration study will also be carried out at appropriate times to obtain most ideal and

optimal blasting parameters.

ix. Controlled blasting to avoid tension cracks which may endanger the stability of bench

slopes in the mine.

x. Short delay detonators to be used in preference to detonating fuse.

xi. In case of using detonating fuse, it will be covered with 750 mm thick cover of sand

or drill cuttings.

xii. Proper care and supervision during blasting by a competent and experienced person.

By adoption of above measures, it will be ensured that the ground level vibration due to

blasting are maintained within the limits prescribed by DGMS at the mining areas vide

Circular No. 7 dated 29 -08-1997 as given in Table 4.3





Table 4.4 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) at the Foundation Level of Structures (in mm/sec)

Type of structure Dominant excitation frequency Hz

<8 Hz 8-25 Hz >25 Hz

A. Buildings/structures not belonging to owner

Domestic houses /structures 5 10 15

(Kuchha brick and cement)

Industrial buildings (RCC and framed structures)

10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures.

2 5 10

B. Building belonging to owner with limited span of life

Domestic houses/structures 10 15 25

(Kuchha brick and cement)

Industrial buildings (RCC and framed 15 25 50


The ground vibrations are controlled by using modern shock tubes with delay non-electric

detonators (EXEL, Noiseless Trunkline Delay (NTD).

Blasting shall be performed strictly as per the guidelines specified under blasting

technology;

Overcharging shall be avoided;

The charge per delay shall be minimized and preferably more number of delays shall be

used per blasts;

Blasting operations shall be carried out only during day time as per mine safety

guidelines;

Adequate safe distance from center of blasting shall be maintained;

During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity shall be temporarily stopped;

Drilling parameters like over burden, depth, diameter and spacing shall be properly

designed to give proper blast;

Effective stemming of the explosives shall be done in the drill holes;

Electric detonators shall be used wherever possible;

The explosives shall have:

A high velocity of detonation;

Good fume characteristics;

Good water resistance; and

Good storage qualities and resistance to atmospheric parameters.





Flyrock due to Blasting: Fly-rock of various sizes fly high in the air during blasting, which

could cause injury to people and materials. Fly-rock is another possible damage causing

outcome of blasting. There are many factors, which influence these, like long explosive

column with little stemming column, improper burden, loose material or pebbles near holes

and long water columns in the holes.

The Central Mining Research Institute designed blast mat has been considered for muffling

purpose. The criteria like weaving facility ease in handling and repeated use, flexibility,

durability, economics, resistance to blast damage and overlapping facility were considered in

the design. The mats were manually woven in 30-45 mm mesh size and the ropes passed

through each other to avoid individual rope sliding or displacement during handling.


SCL shall adopt various measures including bottom hole initiation, proper blast design,

control, effective supervision etc. to control fly rock for safety reasons. SCL, as an additional

safety measure, desired to adopt muffled blasting wherever necessary.

To use a powder factor of not more than 0.35 kg/m3

To blast small round of 10 - 12 holes to minimize ground vibrations.

To adopt extensive supervision and adopt exhaustive control measure if at all

blasting is conducted within 150 m of the habitat.

Noise minimization due to Crusher: Crusher will be the main source of noise generation.

The crusher shall be housed in a closed shed fitted with skirt boards. The equipment shall be

lubricated regularly and maintained on routine basis.

4.3.1 Impact of Ground Level Vibration due to Blasting

Blasting ease the hard strata and generates ground vibration and instantaneous noise.

When an explosive charge is fired in a hole, stress waves propagate radially in all directions

and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground vibration. The

ground vibrations are measured as the peak particle Velocity (PPV). Ground vibration from

mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration of blast. The variables,

which influence ground vibrations, are controllable and non-controllable. The non-

controllable variables include general surface terrain, type and depth of overburden and

wind. Similarly, the controllable variables include type of explosives, charge per delay, delay





interval, direction of blast progression, burden, spacing and specific charge and coupling

ratio.

Blasting, If not done in a controlled fashion it affects houses/dwellings by way of

development of cracks, rattling of glass pans, doors and windows, and falling of utensils etc.,

from racks, disturbance to sleep and apprehension of fall of wall or roof of house.

Mitigation Measures for Vibration Minimization:

The peak particle velocity (PPV) of ground vibration will be kept below 10 mm/s

for 8-25 hz frequency range through optimally controlled blasting techniques

By controlled blasting techniques i.e., use of nonel system with bottom initiation,

keeping maximum delays (preferably each hole with a delay) and optimum charge

per hole/delay.

Use of low density explosive viz. ANFO with around 20% booster charge.

Regular monitoring of each blast with Seismograph/ Vibrograph to evaluate most

suited blasting technique/parameters so as to have vibration within stipulated limits.

In case of using detonating fuse, it will be covered with 750 mm thick cover of sand

or drill cuttings.

By adoption of above measures, it will be ensured that the ground level vibration due

to blasting are maintained within the limits prescribed by DGMS, Dhanbad at the

mining areas vide Circular No. 7 dated 29 -08-1997 as given in Table 4.3.

4.3.2 Fly-rock due to Blasting

Fly-rock is another possible damage causing outcome of blasting. Fly-rock of various sizes

flies high in the air during blasting, which could cause injury to people and materials. There

are many factors, which influence these, like long explosive column with little stemming

column, improper burden, loose material or pebbles near holes and long water columns in

the holes.

The Central Mining Research Institute designed blast mat has been considered for muffling

purpose. The criteria like weaving facility ease in handling and repeated use, flexibility,

durability, economics, resistance to blast damage and overlapping facility were considered in

the design. The mats were manually woven in 30-45 mm mesh size and the ropes passed

through each other to avoid individual rope sliding or displacement during handling.

Mitigation Measures





To contain fly rocks, stemming column will not be less than burden of the hole.

Blasting area will also be muffled, if necessary, to stop fly rocks propagation.

To use a powder factor of not more than 0.35 kg/m3

10-15 percent of the column charge at the top of the hole may be loaded in cartridge

form to reduce the chance of fly rock. The cartridge diameter should be 100-125 mm.

This would reduce the maximum rock throw and scatter by about 30-40 percent.

4.4 Impact on Drainage and Water Bodies

Canal, entering from south side and ending on the north side of ML area, exists inside the

mine lease boundary. Diversion of canal is not required, because this is no longer required.

The study area is drained by the Naguleru Vagu stream passing in the west direction of

mine. It flow northwards and join the Krishna River.

During rains storm water will be flow to Naguleru Vegu stream. Gully checks will be made

along the OB dump slope to arrest silt. Sedimentation pit will be constructed to which all

internal drains carrying runoff water will be connected.

As this is an open cast mining method it will not generate any wastewater. So, there will be

no outside discharge of liquid effluent from the mine site.

Besides, water will be taken from mine sump for various uses at mine, and drinking water

will be sourced from ground water. Adequate rain water harvesting and ground water

recharge systems will be adopted inside the mine premises.

Wastewater generated from workshop and canteen will be collected in a tank with oil water

separator. Oil will be skimmed off, stored at earmarked place and given to authorized

recyclers. The treated water shall be used for dust suppression. Wastewater from toilets and

washrooms will be taken to septic tank for disposal.

4.5 Impact of OB Dump

The topography of the existing mining lease area will change after mining. In present

proposal (during first five years), only 0.56 million m3 of Over Burden is likely to be

generated. Up to the end of life of mines, the total top soil generation in the Quarry would be

around 7.61 Million tonne or 5.07 Million m3. The overburden will be stacked temporarily and

utilized for backfilling/ reclamation purpose.





The environmental impact shall be on account of dump slope failure resulting in dump

collapsing, erosion, and dust carryover by wind, siltation of surrounding streams. If OB is not

properly maintained during rainy season, chance of siltation of the nearest surface water

body, affecting the entire watershed would exist.

The adverse impact and suggested mitigation measures is shown below:

Adverse Impact Mitigation Measures

Overburden be generated during the life

of the mine. Issues are instability of OB

dump creating major problem for land

slide, subsidence, material erosion, etc.

The general slope of the dumps will be maintained

well within the safe angle of repose. Safety

bund/embankment and garland drains with

sedimentation pits shall be made around the OB

dump.

Dust pollution while making and re-

handling the OB dump, unloading of OB

material

The top of dump as well as slope surface shall be

vegetated or use of pre-seeded geo-textile mats, if

so required for stability. This will prevent erosion

as well as excessive dust generation. Water

sprinklers shall be employed while making and re-

handling the dump.

Impact of leachate water from

overburden on surface and groundwater

quality.

During rainy season, washed out silt, clay

particle from OB dump will flow down and

get deposited over water bodies and land

surface creating problems of siltation,

flooding, degradation of water and land

quality.

Limestone does not contain any toxic metals that

will leach out and contaminate the environment.

Provision of garland drains all around the dump

will be made. Series of sedimentation tank with silt

trap should be constructed to treat the run-off from

OB before releasing it into nearest nala.

Height of OB dump shall be creating

aesthetic problem for nearest villagers

and their land value shall be lost.

The OB shall be re-handled back to the ML area

after the mine life; re-handled to fill up the voids.

The ML area shall be restored to its near original

landscape as per the Government Policy. The post

mining land use shall be useful to the surrounding

community.





4.6 Impact on Land Use and Soil

Limestone dust in the form of fugitive dust emissions will deposit on the surrounding

agriculture fields and reduce the soil fertility. In order to mitigate this impact greenbelt

development plan has been provided along the mining lease periphery. Advanced mining

and blasting technology shall be used to minimize the adverse impact.

Because of the large area of land disturbed by mining operations and the large quantities of

earthen materials exposed at sites, erosion is a major concern. Consequently, erosion

control has been considered from the beginning of operations through completion of

reclamation. Erosion causes significant loading of sediments to nearby water bodies,

especially during severe rainfall events. Major sources of erosion / sediment loading at

mining sites include open heap and dump leaches, waste and overburden piles, haul roads

and access roads, stockpiles, vehicle and equipment maintenance and reclamation areas.

Sediment-laden surface runoff typically originates as sheet flow and collects in rills, natural

channels or gullies, or artificial conveyances. The ultimate deposition of the sediment may

occur in surface waters or it may be deposited within the floodplains of a stream. Erosion

and sedimentation processes causes the build-up of thick layers of mineral fines and

sediment within regional flood plains and the alteration of aquatic habitat and the loss of

storage capacity within surface waters. The main factors influencing erosion includes the

volume and velocity of runoff from precipitation events, the rate of precipitation infiltration

downward through the soil, the amount of vegetative cover, the slope length or the distance

from the point of origin of overland flow to the point where deposition begins, and operational

erosion control structures. The site and surrounding is flat land. There is no problem of

landslides in the area.

As a result of mining, huge overburden dumps may lead to deposition of contaminated

windblown dust to the nearby agriculture field. Sediments-laden runoff typically originates as

sheet flow and collects in rills, natural channels or gullies, or it may be deposited within the

floodplains of a stream. Fugitive dust particles deposition on the agriculture fields and on

standing crops may dropdown the soil fertility and quality and yield of crops as well. Reduce

may take place to the yield and quality of fodder grasses and fodder tree species and then

dissipate the milk quality of livestock feeding on it. The impact will be significant upto 500 m

distance from the mine lease boundary.

Proposed mitigation measures





Terrace shall be developed along the overburden dump to reduce the effect of sharp angle

of repose. The terrace shall be planted with grasses and fast growing plant species.

Mycorrhizal inoculation regulates soil pH for good growth of plant roots. Regulations of soil

temperature and conservation of moisture and organic matter mulching shall be done for

better vegetation development.

The soil of the mine area has low nitrogen. Leguminous plants shall be planted on spoil

dumps to hold soil in place and help in rooting the spoil so that it will not erode and fix

nitrogen. Compost shall be added in the form of aerobically digested food and crop residue

and farm manure. Protective cover shall be placed on stored topsoil by layering straw,

leaves, and other organic matter on top, so the nutrients in these substances work their way

down in to the soil as they decompose.

Shree Cement will work closely with the farmers and will help to have soil health card and

provide sample testing facilities, and supply natural fertilizers/ soil conditioners/ organic bio-

stimulant to them also Shree Cement will provide hybrid seeds to the local farmers for

effective crop yield.

4.7 Impact on Ecology

There is no forest in the study area. No extinct, endangered, rare and critical floral and

faunal species has been found in the study area. No economically important plants,

medicinal plants are found inside the ML area. Limestone dust deposition on the agriculture

fields and standing crops will reduce the soil fertility and yield of paddy. Limestone dust

emission will deposit on the grass of surrounding fields. This will reduce the yield of grass

and affect the milk quality of cows and buffalos feeding on it. The impact will be limited to

immediate vicinity of the mine boundary, and will be greatly reduced within 500 m from lease

boundary.

Impact on flora: The area is predominated scrub vegetation. First axe would fall on all plant

species near the mines boundary. This also leads to loss in aesthetic essence. Due to

mining operation the area might depreciate aesthetic value of the area. The native flora of

study area will be affected due to mining, significant upto 500 m distance from lease

boundary. The mine will be source of generating particulate matter and vehicular exhaust.

Deposition of fugitive dust on pubescent leaves of nearby vegetation that might temporarily

lower down the photosynthetic capacity of the plants which then affect the primary

productivity of the ecosystem.





Impacts on fauna: Proposed project will not affect any wildlife; no nesting site of migratory

birds was seen in and around the mines. However sedentary animals, like invertebrates,

many reptiles, burrowing rodents, and small mammals present in the core zone, will be

affected and gradually they will move to the buffer zone.

Mining and climate change aspect: Mining projects has potential to change the global

carbon budget in following ways

Loss in carbon dioxide uptake mechanisms: Green plants are critical for absorbing

atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) and maintaining a healthy balance between CO2

emissions and CO2 uptake. Green leaves capture atmospheric carbon dioxide in the

presence of sunlight and fix it the tissues in terms of biomass by photosynthesis process.

When mining happen, removal of entire green cover take place which then dissipate the

carbon sequestration capacity. This process contributes to increase in atmospheric global

carbon dioxide level. This allows increasing in average global temperature.

Gaseous emission through the machines and transportation: During life of mine various

gaseous emissions take place by combustion from diesel powered vehicles while

transporting the ore and other equipment to other places. These emissions contribute to the

global warming

Proposed Mitigation Measures

i. Degraded mine areas have scope to increase green cover since these become the areas

of primary plantation concern. Effective plantation process will increase the carbon

sequestration capacity by selection of fast growing and stress tolerant species.

ii. Greenbelt will be developed with the help of economically beneficial shrubs / trees,

greenbelt around mine lease areas, between mine and human/ agricultural field. Green

belt will also be very important to reduce the noise level.

iii. Since the region is treasure of several medicinal plants species so large scale medicinal

plant cultivation will be promoted among the rural people, Hence capacity building

programmes, for rural people regarding techniques and finding suitable market will be

formulated

iv. Institutional mechanism like separate cell will be established to supervise and monitor

various mitigation measures.

v. To spread awareness among the masses for development of restored areas regular

meeting will be organized and their participation will be ensured.





4.8 Health Impacts

Human settlement is present on the east, west, southwest and northwest (Kachavaram,

Gogulapadu, Inuparajupalle, Bodada, Pedagarlapadu) boundary of the mining lease area.

The surrounding villages whose population would be affected by particulate matter, their

direction and approximate distance from mining lease boundary are as follows:

i. Kachavaram –mining lease boundary in west direction

ii. Gogulapadu – 1.5 km in West

iii. Inuparajupalle –mining lease area in South West

iii. Gadevaripalle – 1 km in South West,

7.5 m thick greenbelt shall be developed on sides facing of these villages. However, noise

and air quality at the mine boundary will meet the prescribed standard though adoption of

suitable mitigation measures. Significant impact of dust will be restricted within the mine

premises. At 500 m distance the impact will get minimized. SCL will monitor the dust (PM10,

SO2, NO2 and Silica content in PM10), noise levels and groundwater in villages surrounding

the mine at regular intervals. The results shall be submitted to MOEF, APPCB and CPCB at

regular intervals and also put-up on the notice board at plant gate and company website for

general information to the public. In case any violation of prescribed standard is observed,

additional mitigation measures shall be adopted.





CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

5.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Post Project Monitoring is considered an essential part to check the impact of any project

activity. Hence, Environmental Monitoring Plan is usually made. The objectives of the

monitoring plan are as follows:

To ensure compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations

To verify the results of the impact assessment study

To study the trend, and identify any critical parameter and plan its mitigation.

To perform routine check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.

To ensure that any additional parameters, other than those identified in the impact,

do not become critical at a later date.

The effectiveness of monitoring plan depends mainly how best the objective of the

monitoring is addressed through its core elements for e.g.

a) Man power and Instruments

b) Monitoring networks

c) Frequency of monitoring

d) Parameters to be monitored

e) Methods and duration of sampling

f) Method of analysis.

Table 5.1 Instruments Required for Routine Environmental Monitoring

Name of Instruments Number Purpose

1 PM10 Sampler 3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

2 PM2.5 Sampler 3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

3 Spectrophotometer 1 Analysis of air and water samples

4 pH meter 1 pH measurement

5 Conductivity meter 1 Conductivity measurement

6 DO Meter 1 DO measurement

7 Refrigerator 1 Storing samples

8 Electronic Balance 1 Weighing

9 Oven 1 Drying





10 Desiccator 1 Desiccation

11 Sound Level Meter 1 Ambient Noise Monitoring

5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Ambient air of the nearest two villages (adjacent to mines boundary) shall be monitored as

per method prescribed by CPCB. The monitoring height shall not be less than 3 m from the

ground. The station shall not have any obstacle around 500 m area, Station shall be 500 m

away from road.

Components Location Parameter Monitoring

& Analysis Method

Monitoring

Frequency

Ambient Air

Quality

One at mines boundary in

upwind direction

(depending upon wind

direction) and 2 in nearest

villages

PM10

Gravimetric method

As directed

by SPCB/

MOEF

SO2

Improved waste and

Geake method

NO2

Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser ( Na

Arsenite)

5.3 Equipment and Ambient Noise

Component Location Parameter Monitoring &

Analysis method

Monitoring

frequency

Ambient

noise levels

Mine‟s boundary and in nearest

villages

Leq values

in dB (A)

CPCB method using

equipment as per IS-

9989 & IS:9779

Monthly

(separately for

day and night

time)

5.4 Water and Wastewater Analysis


Analysis method

Monitoring

frequency

Ground water

quality and

level

Observation wells

inside mine &

ground water of

surrounding six

villages (tube wells/

bore wells) in

buffer zone

(Piezoemeters)

Ground water

level

pH, TDS, TSS,

Total Hardness,

Fluoride, Nitrate,

Sulphate,

Chloride, Metals

APHA Standard

Methods

Quality once

during pre-

monsoon (May)

and once during

post monsoon

(November).

Water Level four

times in a year.





5.5 Human Health Monitoring


Analysis method

Monitoring

frequency

Health Mine employees

and surrounding

community

Respiratory

problems, heart

disease, diabetes,

skin problems, ENT,

etc.

By engaging

qualified Doctor

Once in a

year for

employees

and once in 5

years for

surrounding

habitants

5.6 Reporting

Effective reporting mechanism has been developed as part of Management System. The

results shall be statistically analyzed with graphical representation for understanding of

technical and administrative personnel. Standard reporting formats for all environmental

components shall be developed. The results shall be communicated to the HOD of all units

and CEO of the project during the monthly review meetings. In case any problems with the

pollution control measures or environmental management plan has been found during the

routine monitoring, it shall be immediately communicated to all concerned and time-targeted

action plan shall be prepared for rectification.

SCL shall develop a monitoring plan for all performance indicators, implement and

periodically review it. The report shall be available in SCL website. The monitoring results

shall be communicated to SPCB, CPCB and MOEF on 6-monthly basis and displayed at the

plant gate.





CHAPTER 6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 Risk Assessment

Through examination of the Mining Plan and consultation with SLC, all accident and spill

scenarios has been identified that could result in environmental risk. Following scenarios fall

under Maximum Credible Accident Scenario:

Fire in Diesel tanks/vehicles

Accidents due to explosives/blasting

Accidents due to Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM)

Mine Inundation

Failure of mine benches

Risks associated with above said accident scenarios are described below:

6.1.1 Fire in Diesel Tanks / Vehicles: Diesel may leak from tanks and result in fire, if

source of ignition is given to it. However the situation will be localized and create damage to

the vehicle/ HEMM. Water accumulated in the mine pit and pumps shall be used to stop the

fire.

6.1.2 Danger due to Blasting: Blasting generates fly rocks, dust cloud, noise & ground

vibrations which lead to injury, hearing impairment, damage to civil structures. Mitigation

measures such as control blasting and use of geo textile mat can minimize the damage to

some extent.

6.1.3 Accident due to Heavy Earth Moving Vehicles: Heavy earth moving machineries

are used in mining for various purposes such as drilling, transportation, loading & unloading.

Accidental runway of vehicle, fall of vehicle from height while reversing, noise, may occur,

Pedestrian struck by flying stone due to tire edge may results in injury and equipment

damage.

6.1.5 Sabotage of Explosives: Sabotage due to misuse of the explosives, theft, forceful

abduction of the truck laden with explosives by antisocial elements poses serious risk.

6.1.6 Mine Inundation : Inundation in opencast mine is broadly caused due to following

reasons:





Water Table- The natural ground water table becomes a source of inundation when the

working crosses the water table level at depth or reaches even very close to it. The

severity of inundation depends on

o The structure and size of the water table reservoir; and

o Permeability and the structure of the formation, which are being subjected to

excavation in mining.

Rainfall- The average rainfall in the area is about 800 to 1100 mm/annum In case of

rains the mine cannot be saved from receiving rainwater and inundation due to rain is

directly related to the surface area under excavation, and the intensity of the rain

experienced.

6.1.7 Failure in Mine benches: The opencast mines operating with multiple benches shall

have overall pit slope of 450. The risk of slope failure is there subject to stratigraphic

disposition of various rock formation coupled with prevailing hydrological conditions & pit

design.

Table 6.1 Assessments of Hazards and Associated Risk in Mining Activities

Activity Hazard Risk Mitigation Measures

Descriptive

nature

N/AN/

E

D/

ID

Frequency

(HUL/UL/L/

VL)

Consequence

Drilling

Exposed to

high level

noise

N D L Hearing

impairment

Ensure engine of drilling

machine is tuned

Use ear muffs/ear plugs

Exposed to

dusty

environment

N D L Dust related

diseases

Use wet drilling system /

dust extraction system

with drilling machine

Use dust mask

Blasting

Struck by fly

rock

N D HUL Serious

physical injury

Use Raydet/excel

(NONEL) technology

Take proper shelter if

present within damage

zone

Exposed to

dusty

environment

N D HUL Dust related

diseases

Pre-wet the surface

Use delay detonators

Optimize mix of ANFO

& explosives topped

with saw dust / sand,





use dust mask

Exposed to

high level

noise

N D HUL Hearing

impairment

Use ear muffs/ear plugs

Exposed to

excessive

vibration

N D HUL Damage to

civil structures

Use hydraulic rock

breaker to avoid

secondary blasting

NONEL delay

detonation technique as

per SOP

Measurements of ppv

during blasting

Loading

Struck by

rolling big

boulders

N D HUL Serious/ fatal

injury and

equipment

damage

Maintain recommended

bench height, width and

slope (avoid under

cutting)

Provide protective guard

in front of vehicle cabin

Wherever necessary do

face dressing from top

Struck by

fall of

objects

N D HUL Serious

physical injury

Provide protective guard

in front of cabin &

ensure careful operation

Transp

ortation

by

tippers

Accidental

runway or

fall of

vehicle

AN D HUL Serious/ fatal

injury and

equipment

damage

Ensure good condition

of brake system by

proper checking &

testing

Apply emergency

steering

Provide training to

drivers for safe

operation of equipment

Ensure that rear view

mirrors are provided

Use audio visual alarm

Provide spotter

Exposed to

high level

noise

N D L Hearing

impairment

Use ear muffs/ear plug

Fire in

engine due

to

overheating

N D L Equipment

damage

Ensure proper engine

cooling system

Keep ready suitable fire

extinguisher

Pedestrian N D L Serious/ fatal Keep the haul road free





struck by

flying stone

due to tyre

edge

injury from stone pieces

Abbreviations:-

Occurrence Impact Frequency

N=Normal D=Direct HUL= Highly unlikely

AN=Abnormal ID= Indirect UL= Unlikely

E=Emergency L=Likely

6.2 Risk Mitigation Measures

In order to take care of the risks identified above, the following mitigating measures will be

taken in the mine area:

Fire in Diesel Tanks / Vehicles: Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected

locations on surface like Mine office, Electrical Sub-stations, Workshop, Garage, Diesel

Depot, Magazine, etc. Besides, sufficient number of water hydrants with sufficient hose

pipes will be made available in the surface for fire protection.

Slope Failure: Mining operation will be carried out strictly as per the approved Mining Plan,

the height and width of bench and the slope of the benches will be maintained as per the

approved plan. Visual checks of the inclined bench surface will be carried out on routine

basis to see for cracks, fissures, water seepage, etc. etc. In case any cracks is observed it

will be attended to for stabilization.

Blasting: To ensure safe blasting following measures will be adopted:-

The use of Non electric system of initiation of the blast holes by using Excel detonators

and connectors. It ensures bottom hole initiation of the explosive charge, thereby

reducing the ground vibration and fly rock problem.

Use of ground vibration and air blast monitoring instrument to monitor the blasts. The

instrument reveal efficiency of the blasting activity.

Complete evacuation of the area falling within 300m of the blast site by sounding siren

and by sending guards to avoid any exposure of the human beings and other animals to

the danger associated with blasting.

All the blast shall be carefully planned and executed under proper supervision and

ensure effective utilization of the explosives only for breaking of the rocks.





No secondary blasting will be done. All the big boulders will be broken using Hydraulic

Rock Breaker, thereby eliminating the risk of flying fragments associated with secondary

blasting.

Heavy earth moving machineries: All the accidental scenarios due to HEMM will be

minimized ensuring following mitigation measures:-

Good condition of the brake system by proper checking & testing

Apply emergency steering

Provide training to drivers for safe operation of equipment

Ensure that rear view mirrors are provided

Use audio visual alarm

Provide spotter

Provide mirrors at the curve edge of roads.

Sabotage of Explosives: Suitable explosives van duly licensed by the Controller of

Explosives will be utilized for daily transportation of explosives from originating point to mine

site. The area is not prone to any subversive activities by antisocial elements. The schedule

of movement of explosive van is randomly scheduled and kept secret. The storage,

transportation and use of explosives are carried out with complete safety, in accordance with

the Indian Explosive Act 1884 & Rules, 2008. The entire magazine area is fenced by high

chain links with barked wire at top. Security guards will be provided for surveillance of the

area around magazines. The storage and maintenance of stock records for all the

magazines will be done by an authorized magazine in-charge under the guidance of blasting

engineer. The magazine will be kept under lock and key and guarded by security person

round the clock. Necessary foolproof arrangements will be made for transportation of

detonators in separate vehicles to the blasting site.

Inundation: To mitigate inundation due to rainfall, dewatering pump will be installed at the

mine pit. It will take care of the incoming water in the pits from rain, seepage and other

unavoidable sources. The accumulated water in the working pit will be pumped out into

empty / vacant pit or discharged into the canal passing through the south side of the lease.

6.3 Disaster Management Plan

A major emergency in a work is one, which has the potential to cause serious injury or loss

of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption both inside and

outside the work. Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors, e.g. fire,

explosion etc.





The aim of disaster management plan is concerned with preventing accidents through good

design, operation, maintenance and inspection. An important element of mitigation is

emergency planning, i.e. recognizing accidents as soon as possible, assessing the

consequences of such accidents and deciding on the emergency procedures, both on-site

and off-site, that would need to be implemented in the event of an emergency.

The overall objectives of the disaster management plan is:

a) To localize the emergency and, if possible eliminate it; and

b) To minimize the effects of the accident on people and property

In order to take care of above mentioned hazards/disasters the following control measures

will be adopted:

All safety precautions and provisions of Mine Regulation Act and DGMS will be

strictly followed during all mining operations;

Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;

Firefighting and first aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area will

be ensured;

Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boots, helmets, goggles, ear

plugs/muffs etc. will be made available to the employees;

Training and refresher course for all the employees working in hazardous premises;

Working of mine, as per approved plans and regular updating the mine plans;

Cleaning of mine faces will be regularly done;

Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent

persons only;

Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security

arrangement;

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer

guideline;

Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and

other similar drives.

Organization for dealing with the emergency situations has been prepared. Co-ordination

among key personnel and their team has been shown in Fig 6.1. The emergency

organization will be headed by emergency leader called Site Main Controller (SMC) who is

mine manager. In his absence senior most person available at the mine are the emergency

leader till arrival of mine manager. There will be two teams for taking care of emergency





situation- Firefighting team and Rescue team. A tele-communication network and wireless

shall connect Site Emergency Control Room (SECR) to control various departments of the

mine, fire station and neighboring industrial units/mines.

Figure 6.1 : Organization for Dealing with Emergency Situations

6.3.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Emergency Team

Site Main Controller (SMC) : The SMC or emergency leader shall assume absolute control

of site and shall be located at SECR.

Incident Controller (IC): Incident controller shall be a person who shall go to the scene of

emergency and supervise the action plan to overcome or contain the emergency. Shift

supervisor or Environmental Manager shall assume the charge of IC.

Roll Call Coordinator: A senior person from administration or personnel department shall

be Roll Call Coordinator. The roll call coordinator will conduct the roll call and will evacuate

the mine personnel from assembly point. His prime function shall be to account for all

personnel on duty.

Search and Rescue Team: There shall be a group of people trained and equipped to

carryout rescue operation of trapped personnel. The people trained in first aid and

firefighting shall be included in search and rescue team.

Emergency Security Controller: Emergency Security Controller shall be senior most

security person located at main gate office and directing the outside agencies (e.g. fire

brigade, police, DM, Civil/Defense representatives etc.)

EMERGENCY COORDINATOR MINE MANAGER

FIRE FIGHTING TEAM RESCUE TEAM





Shift Medical Officer: He shall be a doctor / trained compounder at the first aid center /

medical center of mine.

6.3.2 Other Organizations Involved in Control of Disaster

In the event of fire, population inside and outside mine boundaries, vegetation and animal

etc. may be affected. In such circumstances secondary fire may also take place. In such an

event, help shall be taken from outside agencies also. The organizations that shall be

involved are as follows:

a) State and local authorities: District Collector, Revenue Divisional Officer, etc.

b) Chief Inspector of Explosives

c) Environmental agencies: Member Secretary of State Pollution Control Boards,

District Environmental Engineer

d) Fire Department: District Fire Officer

e) Police Department: District Superintendent of Police, SHOS of nearby Police Stations

f) Public Health Department:

- District Medical Officer

- Residential medical officers of PHCs in a radius of 3 km around mine site

g) Local Community Resources

- Regional Transport officer

- Divisional Engineer Telephones

h) Director General of mine Safety

The outside organizations shall directly interact with district magistrate who in consultation

with SMC shall direct to interact with mine authorities to control the emergencies.

6.3.3 Hazard Emergency Control Procedure

The onset of emergency, will in all probability, commence with a major fire or explosion and

shall be detected by various safety devices and also by members of operational staff on

duty. If located by a staff member on duty, he will go to nearest fire alarm call point, break

glass and trigger off the fire alarms. He will also try his best to inform about location and

nature of fire to the firefighting dept. The following key activities will immediately take place

to interpret and take control of emergency:





On site fire crew led by a fireman will arrive at the site of incident with fire foam

tenders and necessary equipment.

Emergency security controller will commence his role from main gate office

Incident controller shall rush to the site of emergency and with the help of fire crew

and will start handling the emergency.

Site main controller will arrive at SECR with members of his advisory and

communication team and will assume absolute control of the site. He will receive

information continuously from incident controller and give decisions and directions to

all emergency personnel.

Site Main Controller will be directing and deciding a wide range of desperate issues. In

particular SMC has to decide and direct:

Whether incident controller requires reinforcement of man power and facilities.

Whether mine is to be shut down or more importantly kept running

Whether staffs in different locations are to remain indoor or to be evacuated and

assembled at designated collection center.

Whether missing staff members are to be searched or rescued.

Whether off-site emergency plan to be activated and a message to that effect is to be

sent to district head quarter.

Whether and when district emergency services are to be called.

Respond to any large size complaints from outside public and to assess an off-site

impact arising out of the on-site emergency.

When the incident has eventually been brought under control as declared by the Incident

Controller, the SMC shall send two members as inspectors to incident site for:

An assessment of total damage and prevailing conditions with particular attention to

possibility of re-escalation of emergency which might, for the time being, be under

control.

Inspection of other parts of site which might have been affected by impact of incident

Inspection of personnel collection and roll call centers to check if all persons on duty

have been accounted for.

Inspection of all control rooms of mine to assess and record the status of respective

departments and any residual action deemed necessary.





Post Emergency, the inspectors will return to SECR with their observations and report of

findings and will submit the same to SMC. Based on these reports, SMC will communicate

further directives to all emergency management sub-centers and will finally declare and

communicate termination of emergency and authorize step by step restoration of normal

operation of the affected mine area. The fire siren will be sounded with all CLEAR –

SIGNAL. In all other type of emergencies like surface subsidence etc., similar action will be

taken as in case of fire and explosion explained above. During entire period of emergency

the site will remain out of bounds to external visitors except

District Fire Personnel District Hospital Ambulance and Staff District Administration Factory Inspectorate and Labor Commissioner Officers of State Pollution Control Board Insurance Authorities Directorate General of Mine Safety Chief Controller of Explosives/ PESO

All the members of public, political parties, gram panchayat etc. will be dealt with from the

main gate office by Emergency Security Controller and Personnel Manager.

6.3.4 Fire Extinguishers

The following types of fire extinguishers shall be provided in office within the mine premises:

Name of Site and Type of Fire Extinguishers

Name of Site Type of Fire Extinguishers

Electrical equipment, power panels, control

rooms and pump house

CO2 type, foam type, dry chemical

powder type

Mine Office Dry chemical type, foam type

Rescue and Repair Services: Effective working of rescue team is essential during a

disaster. In order to make the services of rescue team effective following equipment/items

shall be provided to the team:

Gas mask respirators

Fire proximity suits

Torches

Axes/hand saw

Fire entry suits

Fire blankets

Ropes

Ladders

Rubber glove

Blanket





Rubber shoes or industrial shoes

6.3.5 Alarm System to be followed during Disaster

On receiving the message of 'Disaster, from site Main Controller, fire station control room

attendant will sound SIREN I WAILING TYPE' FOR 5 MINUTES. Incident controller will

arrange to broadcast disaster message through public address system. On receiving the

'message of "Emergency Over" from Incident Controller the fire station control room

attendant will give "All Clear Signal,, by sounding alarm straight for two minutes. The

features of alarm system will be explained to one and all to avoid panic during disaster.

6.3.6 Actions to be taken on hearing the Warning Signal

On receiving the disaster message following actions will be taken:

All the members of advisory committee, mine manager, security controller, etc. shall

reach the SECR.

All other persons in the mine area will remain ready in their respective units for crash

shutdown on the instruction from SECR.

The persons from other sections will report to their respective officer.

The concerned section will take immediate action to remove contractor's personnel

outside the mine gate.

Alert signals will be given to the residents of surrounding villages.

6.3.7 Identification and Reporting System

When any near miss takes place same it should be brought to the notice of the supervisor

and also to the concerned Departmental Head and the Safety Department. Then the

respective department head report it to the SLC Near Miss Reporting Server (NMRS). Near

Miss Reporting Box shall be kept at prominent places with Reporting Format so that no near

miss incident can be missed. The Safety Department Head investigate the same incident

and corrective measures shall be taken as soon as possible. For near miss of critical nature

Departmental Head along with Safety Head shall do the investigation and corrective action

shall be taken. In the departmental safety meeting learning‟s from the previous near miss

shall be discussed.





6.4 Socio-economic Development (CSR) Plan

Shree Cement Ltd has prepared a CAPEX budget Rs. 8.45 Crores (5% of total project cost

of Rs.169 Crores) for undertaking CSR activities.

Table 6.2 Proposed CSR Activities and Budget

SN

Activity Heads

Year (Rs. In Lacs)

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd year

4th year

5th to 48th year

48 Years

1 Health welfare programs 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 88.00 96.00

2 Educational programs 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 88.00 96.00

3 Training of local youths for employment

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 44.00 48.00

4

Livelihood support programs, including vulnerable sections of the local community

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 88.00 96.00

5

Community infrastructure development including road development programs

5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 220.00 240.00

6 Watershed development, rain water harvesting programs

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 88.00 96.00

7 Agriculture Productivity improvement programs

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 88.00 96.00

8 Other social services & miscellaneous programs

1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 70.40 76.80

GRAND TOTAL 17.60 17.60 17.60 17.60 774.40 844.80

The above proposed expenditure may be shifted year to year to other heads based on need. The details of each head shall be worked out in consultation with the local people, local administration and their representatives

6.5 Rehabilitation Plan

No houses are present in the ML area, hence resettlement plan is not applicable. Shree

Cement Limited is in process of purchasing land from the land owners based on mutual

agreement. Land is purchased through mutual agreement with land owner considering fair

value, compensation against rehabilitation, resettlement, loss of their employment & crop or

asset, if any. Applicable policy of AP Govt. will be followed while taking the land and social

activities for local area development. Direct and indirect job opportunities will be available in





the local area. Rehabilitation cost (one time financial compensation) is included in the

Registered Sale Deed.

In respect to SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society, following will be provided:

1. Support for marriage of girl child

2. Educational support

3. Awards for meritorious students

4. Awareness for the sanitation

5. Financial support for birth of girl child

6. Self-employment and training program for women empowerment.

7. Arrangement of drinking water supply.

6.6 Public Consultation

Public Hearing was organized by SPCB near project site on 29-10-2015 from 11 AM. About

100 people from surrounding villages and NGOs attended the PH. 19 people spoke during

the public Hearing. Nobody objected the project. Two written comments was obtained in

support of the project. The issues during the public hearing, the response of M/s Shree

Cement Limited and Action Plan to comply with the response is given in following Table 6.2.

Table 6.3 Comments of Public Hearing, Response and Action Plan of Company

SN Name of the Person

Issues Raised by the Public Comments / Suggestions / Objections / Query / Request

Response / Commitment of project Proponent)

Suggestions made by PH panel

1 Sunanda Reddy

Comments The total mine area is about 700 acres and as per the available data the rainfall is about 200 Crores Liters. After evaporation, about 100 Crores Liters of water can be stored in the mining pits duly taking technical expertise and little modifications in the mine pits which will be usefully to recharge ground water significantly.

SCL will use water stored in mine pit and other areas inside the mine lease for the project. This stored water will also recharge the ground water. This has been mentioned in the EIA Report

The Public Hearing Panel did not make any suggestion

Comments Preference shall be given to local people in the employment.

SCL will give preference to local people for employment. This has been stated in the EIA Report

Comments The Overburden (about 7.6 Mill tons) from mining shall be utilized for water harvesting structure to avoid soil erosion and ground water recharge.

The OB shall be stored as dump inside the mine premises. It will be used for refilling the void after mine life. This has been stated in EIA Report

Suggestions To complete health study in the surrounding villages within 10 km radius of the project, so as to make use the data at subsequently.

EIA study has been done as per TOR. In the EIA Report it has been mentioned that SCL will





organize health camps in villages around the project area to generate health related data and trends.

Suggestions To carry out crop yield & ground water availabilities in the core & buffer zone to analyse for trend analysis during & after implementation of project.

Name of crop, its yield in core and buffer zone included in EIA Report. Groundwater availability in core and buffer zone included in EIA report. Post-project monitoring shall be carried out for ground water status.

Suggestion To take up medicinal and fruit bearing plantation under greenbelt development & to develop avenue plantation along village roads to mitigate fugitive dust emissions from vehicle moment.

Medicinal and fruit bearing plants has been considered under greenbelt development and avenue plantation

Suggested To impart skill development to local villagers shall be taken up, so as to keep them eligible for jobs & to conduct health camps periodically.

SCL agreed to impart skill development of local people to work in the project. Necessary budget (Rs.48 Lakhs) has been earmarked in CSR

Suggestion To utilize CSR funds by forming Coordination committees with villagers, officials etc. Further he stated that demand oriented works should be taken up under CSR activities.

Agreed. This is already mentioned in the EIA report.

2. Narayana Reddy Y V

Request Allow farmers to cultivate their sold lands until project is started. Sri. K. Ankireddy and Sri A. Ankaa Reddy Rao also requested written commitment on provision for employment to the farmers who sold their land to the industry.

Sri A. Ankaa Reddy Rao also requested to provide livelihood to the physical handicapped public of their village.

He stated proper care should be taken to prevent damage to houses from blasting operations and to prevent pollution to Nagaleru vagu existing near project.

Sri Bireddy Syedareddy requested the management not to blame the farmers and requested the farmers to get clear commitments from the management on jobs & cultivation of fields, who proposed to sell their lands to the project.

Sri Navakumar He requested to implement adequate measures in full shape to protect environment in the surroundings.

SCL will follow the law related to land acquired for the project. Employment preference will be given to land losers & local people. This has been mentioned in EIA Report

3. K. Ankireddy

4. A. Ankaa Rao Livelihood sustaining programs has been provided in CSR funds (Rs.96 Lakhs)

5. Sayed Rahim

6. Bireddy Syedareddy

Controlled blasting technology provided in EIA. No wastewater from mines shall be discharged outside.

Registered sale deed has been executed with land owners based on mutual negotiation.

All measures to protect environment and surroundings included in EIA report

7. Navakumar,

MPP

8. N. Suggestion Already mentioned in EIA Report





Ramakrishna To provide waste water treatment plants to avoid pollution of Nagaleru vagu. He requested written commitment from the Shree Cement regarding pollution control and safety in the proposed activities. He also questioned for guarantee from project management for implementation of pollution control measures in full shape, employment opportunity to unskilled person of their village.

9. A. Narasimha Reddy

Query He questioned the management on CSR activities so far implemented by them in the surrounding villages and questioned for not arranging field visit to their other cement plants said to be operating by the same management. He requested for written commitment for protection of about 300 Borewells existing in the surrounding villages from blasting activities.

Blasting technology, application norms and mitigation measures mentioned in EIA report

10 D. Anka Rao Comments He questioned reasons on furnishing of low literacy rate in the surrounding villages & anticipated future claim of the management to demonstrate improvement in the literacy rate from post project development activity. He questioned for not reporting cumulative impact of noise generation from other mines existing in the vicinity and apprehended future of the public health. He stated that storage of rain water in mine pits will not be possible as the rainfall in that area is very low and even the government proposed to announce the area shortly as draught area. Regarding provision of employment, he suggested the same may be included while registration of lands sold to cement plant & other commitments as given by the management. He questioned delay in construction of the plants and impacts on surrounding gram panchayats from proposed establishment of cement plants densely at specific location. He demanded to convene Grama Sabha in the surrounding 12 panchayats for resolution before any approval to establish the unit.

Literacy rate of the area has been obtained from Govt statistics. In the vicinity of proposed mine, no other industry or mines are under operation. This has been mentioned in the EIA. Rainwater harvesting in mine pits and other rainwater harvesting structures described in the EIA report. Preference in employment will be given to land losers and local people. Construction will start after obtaining all clearances Govt of AP has granted mining lease to SCL. SCL is following the law land to purchase land required for the project.

11. N.

Venkataramih

Request He requested to adopt latest technology to operate cement unit & prevent pollution to surrounding villages.

Agreed

12. Nazir Ahmed Request He requested to provide employment

SCL will provide preference in employment to local





opportunity to local villagers. people.

13. Mariyadasu Request He requested to provide assistance to the poor students of the SC, ST, OBC and minority and to support development of infrastructure facilities in the surrounding villages.

Already mentioned in EIA report / R&R Plan/ CSR activities

14. G. Suresh Objection He strongly opposed for acquiring of the land under Land Acquisition Act for the proposed cement plant. He requested written commitment on specific time required for construction of cement plant. He questioned the management for not allowing the farmers of Inuparajupalli for cultivation of sold lands and requested to not to show partiality. He suggested to pay compensation if any damages caused to the houses due to blasting activities. He requested for provision of livelihood to the Rythukoolies residing in the villages and also requested to provide employment opportunity to the villagers who are not having agricultural lands. He requested clear commitment from the management to return lands to farmers in case they failed to commitments on the above/ project construction is not started on time.

Law of the land will be followed for land acquisition, compensation, rehabilitation, providing employment in company and environment protection.

15. Ramavath Nayak

Suggestion He suggested to the management to ensure that earlier issues will not be repeated again. He pointed out the endowment lease land issues concerned to nearby cement plant operating at Karempudi area. He requested for commitment from the Shree Cement management to resolve problems referred by the farmers.


16. Vijaya Reddy Suggestion Due to taking of long time for construction of projects after acquiring land, he suggested to pay the remaining amount whenever the construction activity of the project is start at equal price to market value. The total mining area is about 700 acres & suggested that the project management shall attend to repair the borewell in the surrounding villages in case of any damage occurred from blasting activity. About 33% of greenbelt development shall be insisted in the project towards protection of environment, as 75% forest area is required for future generation for good and healthy life & suggested to implement preventive measures. He suggested to prepare final EIA duly including depth of mining pits, rain water harvesting pits, utilization of mine pits water for irrigation etc. He suggested to send the modified report to

Final EIA report has been prepared after considering all points raised during the public hearing.





MoEF for approval.

17. Venkata

Reddy

Comments He stated that there will be environmental damage at some extent due to the project, but it is huge potential for the employment generation. He opinioned that while procuring the lands the unemployed educated from local area would have been provided jobs to attain confidence of the villagers on employment opportunities.

Govt of AP has granted mining lease to SCL. SCL is following the law of the land to purchase land required for the project.

18. Chintulla

Sallu

Request He requested to provide employment & to involve locals while CSR funds are utilized. He recommended to send the proposals to MoEF, GOI for approval.

CSR plan and funds already mentioned in EIA report

19. Nagasyamala Reddy

Suggestion He suggested to the management to fulfill social commitments by allowing farmers to cultivate lands till commencement of the project. He opined that the EIA should be prepared by local consultant as several grammatical mistakes observed in the local language and quoted some examples about mistakes in the report. He recommended to issue permissions by MoEF, GOI to the proposed project for establishment and to fulfill the commitments as mentioned in the EIA report.

Executive Summary has been prepared in English and then translated to Telugu. Law of the land will be followed for land acquisition, compensation, rehabilitation, providing employment in company.





CHAPTER 7: PROJECT BENEFITS

The cement demand in the country is going at the rate 9-10% (Compound Average Growth

rate CAGR), due to various infrastructural projects planned by State/Central Governments

and also due to rapid growth of industries, the demand is likely to be higher than average for

the country. Keeping this in view SCL has proposed to 3.6 MTPA captive lime stone mining

and to meet the southern state market demand of cement. Considering the proximity of the

project site in the state of Andhra Pradesh, which is very well linked by rail as well as road

network, It will be easier for fulfilling the demands of other southern states of country. In the

present scenario, it is assumed that with this project, scientific use of limestone will be done

for manufacturing of Clinker/Cement.

The main benefit envisaged from the project is that the natural resource and skilled

manpower available in Andhra Pradesh State will be utilized to produce Cement in the State

itself. This will give a boost to the socio-economic status of Andhra Pradesh by way of direct

and indirect taxes, employment and infrastructure development.

Execution of project will also generate direct as well as indirect employment. The project will

create the direct employment of 84 people in the mines. SCL will give preference to the local

peoples during construction and operation phase of the project depending upon the skill, job

requirement and capability. Several other indirect employment opportunities will be created

in the surrounding areas like Transport for men and material, hotel operators, vehicle drivers

and attendants, workshops, grocery and retails, medical, etc.

Limestone mining will generate substantial revenue for the state of Andhra Pradesh, through

payment of royalty. State Government will use this fund for development of state.

The social development scheme includes construction of community centers and schools,

maintaining roads, rain shelters, providing drinking water facility, making toilets in schools

and for community, providing free medical camps, providing scholarships to bright students

and sportsperson, etc. Income generating schemes that will be implemented for up-liftman of

poor sections of the society includes vocational training etc.





CHAPTER 8 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Shree Cement Ltd. is committed to Green and Clean Environment Management Plan at its

captive limestone mine at village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Karempudi Mandal, District

Guntur, Andhra Pradesh. Based on the evaluation of impacts and baseline conditions, an

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been delineated to mitigate the adverse

impacts. This chapter describes the administrative aspects for ensuring that mitigate

measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

Environmental Management Plan provides a logical framework within which identified

environmental impacts are managed. Technical methods to be used to mitigate (prevent,

control and reduce) negative impacts and working practices are described in Chapter 4. In

order to effectively manage the environmental management (including social management)

following management plans are required.

1. Creation of Environmental Management Department

2. Institutionalized Management Structure

3. Management of Site Preparation (including top soil and labour look after)

4. Landuse Management

5. Internal OB Dump Management

6. Progressive Mine

7. Greenery Management

8. CSR Management

9. Risk Management

10. Occupational Health Management

11. Post Mine Closure Management

12. Budget for Environmental & Social Management Plan

8.1 Environment Management Department (EMD)

The organizational structure of Environment Management Department (EMD) responsible for

routine environmental management and monitoring measures, implementing the EMP and

complying with the conditions stipulated by SPCB and MOEF is shown in Figure 8.1.





The Head of EMD shall directly report to the Director project in close coordination with

Manager Mines. In case the Head-EMD notes any non-compliance or violation of

environmental law/ regulations, the same shall be brought to the notice of the GM (during the

weekly review meeting). GM under the guidance of Director Project will issue instruction and

sanction budget and provide adequate resources to rectify the same.

The EMD shall study each activity and implement the mitigation measures for compliance

and improvement of environmental performance. EMD shall co-ordinate with the safety and

occupational health departments and prepare statistical analysis of the data. EMD shall also

form a Consultative Working Group by involving responsible citizens from the surrounding

community and develop action plans to address the grievances of the public related to

environmental compliance of the mines and develop targets for remediation of the

grievances.

The EMD shall co-ordinate all related activities such as safety of mines, workers health, and

health of surrounding community and prepare statistical records.

Horticulture Chemists

Head, Environment Department

Mines Manager

Director Project

Asst. Manager Head, Safety & Occupational Health

Ecologist

Admin Accounts CSR

Figure 8.1 Structure for Environmental Management Department





Regular monitoring of fugitive emissions and report any abnormalities for immediate

corrective measures.

Regular monitoring of ambient air quality within the mines, and around the mines.

Regular monitoring of wastewater quality, water quality of the storage ponds, ground

water quality and surface water quality.

Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area.

Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery like

lawns, nursery, gardens, etc. in the mines boundary, OB dump area, etc.

Regular monitoring of the used oil and sell it out to the authorized recycler approved

by the Central Pollution Control Board / SPCB.

In addition to above the environment management department shall conduct environmental

audit every year.

8.2 Institutionalized Management Structure

Thereafter to ensure an integrated internal and external management of identified

environmental impacts, SCL shall ensure following action items to be complied with

throughout the life cycle of the Project:

Formulation of Environmental Health & Safety Policy and Periodic Updation

Documenting the organization structure, roles and responsibilities for implementation

and for functioning of Environmental Management System (EMS).

Preparing Standard Operating Procedures, including data reporting formats

Renewal of ISO 9001, 14001 and 18001 Certification

Regular inspections, monitoring and auditing;

Periodical review and issuing amendments;

Reporting and communication (including internal and external reporting);

Documentation and record keeping;

An effective system of management is a key technique for ensuring that all pollution

prevention and control techniques, monitoring plan and risk mitigation measures are

delivered reliably and on an integrated basis. SCL shall operate a formal Environmental





Management System, certified EMS/ ISO 14001/ OHSAS 18001 system for the proposed

project. The salient features of Environmental Management System of SCL are listed below:

1. Effective operational and maintenance systems shall be employed on all aspects of the

process whose failure could impact on the environment:

2. Documented procedures to control operations that may have an adverse impact on the

environment

3. Define procedure for identifying, reviewing and prioritizing items of plant for which a

preventative maintenance regime is appropriate

4. Documented procedure for monitoring impacts

5. Preventative maintenance program, whose failure could lead to impact on the

environment

6. The maintenance system includes auditing of performance against requirements

arising from the above and reporting the result of audits to top management.

7. The skills and competencies necessary for key posts shall be documented and records

of training needs and training received for these post maintained.

8. The potential environmental risks posed by the work of contractors shall be assessed

and instructions provided to contractors about protecting the environment while

working on site.

9. Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting actual or

potential non-compliance with operating procedures.

10. Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting

environmental complaints and implementation of appropriate actions.

11. Written procedures for investigating incidents, (and near misses) including identifying

suitable corrective action and following up

12. SCL shall conduct audits, annually, to check that all activities are carried out in

conformity with the above requirements.

13. The company shall have demonstrable procedures (eg. written instructions) which

incorporate environmental considerations into the following areas:

The control of process and engineering change on the installation;

Design, construction and review of new facilities and other capital projects

Capital approval; and

15. The company shall have a clear and logical system for keeping records of policies,

roles and responsibilities, targets, procedures, results of audits, results of reviews.

16. SCL shall document the Standard Operating Procedures to bring in any deviation /

violation of the environment norms as prescribed.





Training Requirement for Staff: Training systems, covering the following items, shall be in

place for all staff of EC and other staff of various departments, which cover the following:

Awareness of the regulatory implications of the Environmental Permits for the activity

and their work activities;

Awareness of all potential environmental effects from operation under normal and

abnormal circumstances.

Awareness of the need to report deviation from the Permit.

Prevention of accidental emissions and action to be taken when accidental emissions

occur.

The staff of the EMD shall be trained every year by arranging in house training programs by

inviting experts or faculty members from internal / external source.

Periodic Review: SCL will annually review the EMP and identified management action

plans to address any changes in the organization, process or regulatory requirements.

Documentation and Record Keeping: The EMD will maintain following documents for

effective implementation of the EMP:

Master management system document;

Legal Register;

Operation control procedures;

Work instructions;

Incident reports;

Emergency preparedness and response procedures;

Training records;

Monitoring reports;

Auditing reports; and

Complaints register and issues attended/closed.

8.3 Air Pollution Control

The main pollutant in air is Particulate Matter, which is generated due to various mining

activities like drilling, blasting, loading, haulage & crushing etc. However, to reduce the

impact of dust pollution the following steps are being taken during various mining activities.





I. During drilling operations

a) Sharp drill bits will be used for dry/wet drilling.

b) The drilling machines equipped with dust collector arrangement and wet drilling

arrangement will be used to prevent the generation and spread of dust.

c) The personnel working on the drills will be being provided with dusk mask.

II. During blasting operation

a) Blasting will be done in controlled manner with use of Non-electric delay detonator to

minimize dust to get air borne and also limit the fly rocks.

b) Competent persons will carry out blasting and precautions laid down under MMR -

1961 circulars and directions of DGMS issued from time to time will be followed.

c) Secondary blasting will be eliminated and hydraulic rock breaker will be used.

d) High-density primers in conjunction with ANFO with millisecond delay detonators will

be used to minimize air blast and vibrations.

III. During loading operation

a) Optimum bucket size loading equipment will be used which reduces the number of

buckets passes to fill the dumper by dropping material from height and thus have

comparatively less dust generation. However the propagation of this dust will be

confined to loading point only and will not affect any person, as the operators of

excavator and dumpers sit in closed cabin and equipped with dust mask.

b) The water sprinkling will be done over blasted muck pile for reducing dust generation

during loading.

c) Skilled operators will operate the excavators.

d) Haul roads inside mines will be stabilised and water sprinkling using road tankers will

be done periodically.

IV. During transportation of limestone

All the haulage roads in the area will be kept wide, leveled, compacted and properly

maintained and water will be sprayed regularly during the shift operation to prevent

generation of fugitive dust due to movement of dumpers, and other vehicles. Trees will be

planted on roadside, wherever feasible, to reduce the fugitive dust movement beyond the

boundaries.

V. During Crushing

Water will be sprayed in the form of a fine jet to suppress the dust generated while unloading

of dumpers at crusher hopper. Bag filter will be installed in the crushing circuit to collect the

dust generated while crushing and during transportation of Limestone from one conveyor to

other. Apart from this, curtains will be provided to cover the hopper so as to minimize the

dust exposure away from the hopper.





VI. Plantation work

a) In order to minimize dust pollution, greenbelt will be developed around mine offices,

mine approach road, along mine boundary.

b) Waste dumping sites will be vegetating by suitable plant species to prevent air pollution

during stormy winds.

B. Prevention and Control of Gaseous Pollution

In mining activities, the only source of gaseous emissions is from blasting and the engines of

other vehicles and equipment.

Blasting of explosives results in increase of nitrogen oxides, which get diluted by the wind.

Blasting with optimization of use of explosive energy will help in reducing the above

emissions. The emissions from the diesel engines of the machinery could be visible as

smoke or invisible gases such as Sulphur dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen and unburnt

Hydrocarbons due to incomplete combustion of the fuel. The reasons may be quality of fuel,

improper operation of the engine, etc.

Proper maintenance of machines improves combustion process and brings the reduction in

pollution. The effect of these gases will be limited to the surrounding of the equipment in

operation only and will not affect the nearby community.

Controlled blasting will be done and use of explosives will be optimized to reduce gaseous

emissions. Besides, the persons working in near vicinity of machines will be provided with

PPE‟s.

8.4 Noise Pollution & Vibration Control

A. Noise Pollution Abatement and Control

Exposure of high noise level to workers for long duration may lead to certain occupational

diseases. Major noise sources in mine are operation of mine machineries and equipment,

blasting and Traffic. Noise generation may be for an instant, intermittent or continuous

periods, with low to high decibels. To Control the high noise level, following steps will be

adopted.

a) Procurement of drills, excavators, Loaders, dumpers and other equipment with

designed less noise generation arrangements, and also with noise proof system in

operator‟s cabin.





b) Regular and proper maintenance of equipment including rubber/ cushioned padding‟s

and proper tightening of nuts and bolts.

c) Controlled blasting will reduce noise generation.

d) Earmuffs will be provided to operators and other employees working in higher noise

zone.

e) Green belt will be developed to reduce the propagation of noise.

f) The practice of wet drilling will be carried out with the help of sharp drill bits. This will

help in reducing noise generation during drilling.

g) High density primers and millisecond delay detonators shall be used to restrict air

blast, vibration and noise.

h) Speed of trucks entering or leaving the mine will be limited to moderate speed of 20

km/h to prevent undue noise from trucks

B. Ground Vibration Abatement and Control (Due to Blasting)

Sources of vibration due mining activity in the area are anticipated due to operation of Heavy

Earth Moving Machines like dozers, dumpers, drill machines and blasting. The factors

affecting ground vibration include, geological structures, explosive charge per delay, blast

design parameters, method of initiation, explosive type used etc. The following precautions

are taken for abatement of vibration due to mining project.

a) Vibration due to Machines

Taking following measures minimizes vibrations due to machines:

Purchase of properly designed / manufactured machine/equipment which generate

less noise and vibration.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals reduced

generation of vibration due to machines.

Proper rubber paddings / cushions, at portion where metal to metal contacts are

there, especially towards foundations, prevents transmission of vibration.

Machines will be operated by trained operators.

b) Ground Vibration due to Blasting

To keep ground vibration due to blasting well within the prescribed limits, following measures

shall be used.

By controlled blasting techniques, keeping maximum delays (preferably each hole

with a delay) and optimum charge per hole/delay.





Use of low density explosive viz ANFO with around 20% booster charge.

Regular monitoring of each blast with Seismograph / Vibrograph to evaluate most

suited blasting technique/parameters so as to have vibration within stipulated limits.

Peak particle velocity or ground vibrations for safety of nearby structures and

residential buildings should be well within 12.5 mm/s·

Short delay detonators should preferably be used in blasting rounds rather than

detonating fuse as trunk line;

Detonating fuse, if used, should be covered at least with 150 mm thick cover of sand

or drill cuttings.

Each blast should be carefully planned, checked, and executed under the

supervision of a responsible officer.

8.5 Water Pollution Control

Water requirement for the mines is 150 KLD, ground water will be used.

Wastewater from mines

The wastewater generation is likely to be generated from the workshop and domestic uses.

The wastewater generated from the workshop will pass through oil trap where oil content of

wastewater will be recovered. From oil trap wastewater will pass through sedimentation tank

to silt present in water and will be utilized for the dust suppression.

Domestic Waste Water

The domestic waste water coming from the mine offices, toilet will be disposed off in soak pit

via septic tank.

Water Management

Following measures will be adopted to mitigate the impact on the water resources:

Garland drains will be constructed around the dump to carry wash off from the bunds.

Gully checks will be made along the dump slope.

Sedimentation pond will be constructed to which all drains carrying runoff water will

be connected.

Coconut fiber filters will be used all along the gully and drains to arrest the silt from

runoff. The fibers will be disposed as overburden after each rainy season.





This water will be harvested for utilization in plantation watering, spraying on the

haulage roads and mineral and waste dumps.

Rainwater falling inside mine workings would be collected through garland drains and

stored in the mines pit for de-silting.

Used oil and spent lubricants from HEMM and other machinery shall be collected in

drums and stored at earmarked place. When significant quantity of spent oil and

lubricants are accumulated, then it will sold to CECB authorized recycler

8.6 Top Soil Conservation

Soil Conservation: There is black cotton soil which will be removed and stacked properly

within the lease boundary. The stacking shall be used later as and where for plantation

scheme.

Land Reclamation: Reclamation of land will be carried out by landscaping, soil amelioration

and re-vegetation. Whatever top soil is available will be used for tree plantation and also to

spread over the backfilled area to enable afforestation / biological reclamation. The area

does not fall in forest land therefore the programme of phased compensatory afforestation is

not required. The reclaimed land will be put to productive uses such as agro-forestry and

water body after reclamation.

8.7 Slope Stabilization and Mine Reclamation

The total lease area is 283.585 ha. At the conceptual stage, around 268.085 hectare land

will be degraded due to excavation, out of which 95.465 ha area will be partially backfilled &

172.62 ha area will be developed as water reservoir. At the end of life of mine, 93.58 ha area

will be afforested including the backfilled area. The backfilled area will be reclaimed by

plantation. Conversion of worked out pit into water reservoir will have a positive impact &

land used in waste dumping, if any will be reclaimed by plantation. The following table shows

the post mining (conceptual) land use of the lease area:

Table 8.1: Post-Mining (Conceptual) Land Use of Mining Lease Area

S.

No. Description Plantation

Water

Body

Public

Use Undisturbed Total

1 Top Soil Dump -- -- -- -- --

2 External Waste Dump -- -- -- -- --

3 Excavation (Voids) -- 172.62 -- -- 172.62





S.

No. Description Plantation

Water

Body

Public

Use Undisturbed Total

Excavation(Backfilled) 95.465* -- -- 95.465*

4 Road -- -- -- -- --

5 Built up

area(Infrastructure)

-- -- -- -- --

6 Afforestation 15.50 -- -- -- 15.50

7 Mineral storage(sub

grade storage/un used

if any)

-- -- -- -- --

8 Undisturbed Area -- -- -- -- --

9 Total 93.58 172.62 -- -- 283.585

*78.08 hectares of the partially back filled area will be converted into green belt.

Trenches in the form of garland drains shall be constructed at foot of OB dump. To arrest the

silt flowing down, gulley filters and de-silting pits will be constructed.

8.8 Biological Environment Quality

Ecological baseline survey in the core and buffer zones, reveals no exceptional features of

wildlife interest. The survey based on following criteria.

Table 8.2: Ecological Criteria & Observations

Land use Almost 90% of land is used for agricultural purpose. No Forest is present

on the land

Diversity Species diversity of flora as well as fauna species is restricted to agro

ecosystem

Rarity There is no endemic, rare or threatened species in ML area as well as in

study area

Proximity There are no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

reserved & Protected Forest present within 10 km area of the mine site

Potential value Ability to improve, possibly with active management is foreseen. After

restoration of mining area will increase habitat condition.

Intrinsic appeal Species weightage for more popular species. There are no exceptional

species present.

Based on the ecological surveys following mitigation measures have been suggested:





Mitigation measure to compensate loss of forest cover: There is no vegetation at mining

site, hence no deforestation is required.

Regeneration / restoration of rare plants and animals: No rare plants and wildlife species

exists in the core and buffer zone, hence protection and conservation plan is not required.

Improvement of biodiversity: Environment Monitoring Cell will be created to look after the

day to day environment monitoring requirement of the project and ensure that the mitigation

measures suggested / recommended in the EIA report are implemented and they also

function effectively.

Dense greenbelt of 7.5 m width will be developed around the mine lease boundary, which

will attract avifauna. Overall it will help to improve the biodiversity of the area.

Stabilization of mining benches and over burden: The overburden will be removed and

stacked along the periphery of the mining lease within 10 m distance from mine boundary.

Stabilization of dumps benches will be done through afforestation. Afforestation of dump will

be undertaken from first year itself. The OB shall be reused for backfilling the voids as per

conceptual plan.

Afforestation of reclaimed mined out areas: The project proposal includes number of

measures to restore the disturbed area and also improvement of the habitat. Under the

afforestation plan it is proposed to develop a greenbelt around the mining Lease boundary

(15.5 ha area). At post-conceptual stage 78 ha reclaimed area shall be available for creating

greenbelt / agro forestry system. Water required for the system will be available in the 172.6

ha pit. The greenbelt will not only adds up aesthetic features, but also act as a pollution sink.

Detailed greenbelt development plan is provided in next section.

8.9 Greenbelt Development Plan

Total 93.58 hectare area will be developed under plantation at the end of mine life (Mining

Lease area is 283.585 ha). Local tree and shrub species will be planted (about 233950

trees). Density would be 2500 trees per hectare. 7.5 m wide greenbelt will be developed

along the mine boundary during the start of the mine, covering 15.5 ha area.





Table 8.3: Stage Wise Cumulative Plantation Requirements of Plants for Afforestation And Reclamation (Progressive Plantation Program)

Year Unworked Area

Waste dump (Out side)

Inside Dumps (Reclaimed Area)

Top Soil Dumps

Total

Area (Ha.)

No. of trees

Area (Ha.)

No. of trees

Area (Ha.)

No. of trees

Area (Ha.)

No. of trees

Area (Ha.)

No. of trees

Existing -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

I 3.1 7750 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3.1 7750

II 3.1 7750 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3.1 7750

III 3.1 7750 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3.1 7750

IV 3.1 7750 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3.1 7750

V till end of mine

3.1 7750 -- -- 78.08 195200 -- -- 81.18 202950

Total 15.5 38750 -- -- 78.08 195200 -- -- 93.58 233950

Protection and development of Greenbelt: Plants shall be protected by fencing till

they attain a height which is above the grazing level. Pits for plantation shall be 1 feet X

1 feet and spacing shall be around 2.5 X 2.5 m. The pits shall be then filled with top

soil and manure in predetermined proportions. Farm yard manure, poultry manure,

domestic refuse and straw can be used as organic manure. Saplings planted in the pits

shall be watered liberally. The growing plants shall be cared for the first three years

under favorable conditions of climate and drainage. Care shall be taken for nutrient

supplement (healthy growth), plant protection, and absence of water stress (to maintain

openness of stomatal apertures and epidermal structures) and exposure to normal

atmospheric condition (free air flow).The list of plant species has been considered from

the angle of species combination, in conformity with local horticulture/ forestry

conditions. Watering regimes will depend upon the climatic conditions, though in initial

stages regular watering- daily for grass a n d h e r b s / s h r u b s and 2-3 times a week

for trees. Continuous monitoring of plant growth, immediate replacement of causalities,

supplementation of nutrients, rescheduling of water regimes shall be given top priority by

the EMD.

Design and selection of plants for greenbelt: Plantation species considered as per

following criteria;

• Adapted to the Geo-Climatic conditions of the area;





• Mix of round, spreading, oblong and conical canopies; • Different heights ranging from 4m to 10 m; and

• Preferably evergreen trees.

Adequate space shall be kept between the trees and spacing depends upon the

shape of crown, conical crown requires less inter-spacing than oblong and round crowns.

Based on CPCB‟s guidelines and the typ ica l agro-climatic zone, following plant species

are selected for greenbelt development along the periphery of ML boundary. The listed

trees are also suitable for planning in nearby villages (as park / garden) and also along the

avenue roads:

Table 8.4 List of Plants Selected For Greenbelt Development

Grasses (for stabilization) Herbs & Shrubs (inner rows)

Trees (Mine boundary, avenue plantation, park)

Andropogon intermedius Euphorbia caducifolia Alstonia scholaris

Cymbopogan fulvus Nyctanthes arbortristis Pongamia pinnata

Bamboosa arundinaceae Pogostemon bengalensis Tectona grandis

Cynodon dactylon Sida cardifolia Albizza lebbek

Dendrocalamus strictus Vitex negundo Anona seqamosa

Dichanthium annulatum Woodfordia floribunda Azadiracta indica

Jatropha hybrid Anthocephalus kadamba

Ricinus comunus Butea monosperma

Solanum surratanse Bombex ceiba

Xanthium strumarium Casia fistula

- Chlorophytum tuberosum Dalbergia sissoo

- Curculigo orachiolides Delonix regia

- Boerhavia difusa Diospyros melanoxylon

- Chenopodium album Emblica officinalis

- Euphorbia hirta Magnifera indica

- Zyzypus oinaplia Syzygium cumini

- Cassia auriculata Acacia chundre

Capparis decidua Acacia horrita

Schima nervosum Melia azadirach

Calotropis gigantium Hardwickia binala

Ficus bengalesis





Table 8.5 List of Common Medicinal Plants Considered for Mine Area

S.No. Local name Scientific name Family

1 Peddamanu Ailenthus excels Simoraobaceae

2 Sugandhapala Hemidesmus indicus Periplocaceae

3 - Gymnema sylvestre Apocynaceae

4 Kukkapala Tylophora indica Asclepiadaceae

5 Mukkupala

Teega

Leptadenia reticulate Verbenaceae

6 Dustapa teega Pergularia daemia Asclepiadaceae

7 - Cryptostegia grandiflora Apocynaceae

8 - Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae

9 - Rauwolfia serpentine Apocynaceae

10 Vavili Vites negundo Verbenaceae

8.10 Occupational Health and Safety Plan

A self-contained First Aid Center will be provided within the mine premises to take care of

minor injuries and ailments with doctor and an attendant in service round the clock for 365

days. First aid box will be provided at main locations like administration building, rest

shelters and security gate. . An ambulance with driver will be made available to take care of

emergency situations. Health checkup of all employees will be done once in a year. All

employees will be provided with all PPEs (Personal Protective Equipment). Training

sessions for all employees will be organized on Safety, Health and Environment throughout

the year. SCL will establish Occupational Health Centre with the following staff and

emergency handling facilities:

Doctor - 1 No. Nurse - 3 Nos. Ward Boy - 1 No. Chaukidar - 1 No. Clerk - 1 No

Routine investigation Special investigation Frequency

General checkup,

Routine Blood and Urine check

X-Ray Chest

Audiometer test

Spirometer test

Sputum Analysis

ECG test

Yearly





Vocational training programs will also be conducted. Under vocational training the workers

will be given training related to all safety and health aspects pertaining to their vocation and

thereafter every quarter special training courses/ Awareness program for Malaria

eradication, HIV and health effects on exposure to dust, heat, noise, chemicals are

organized for employed person. Periodical medical camps with specialized doctors of

various disciplines will also be held to provide the specialized medical assistance to

employees as well as neighboring communities.

A safety committee will be formed and manned by equal participation from management and

workers with the following functions:

Accident prevention and control including ensuring the use of safety appliances.

Publicity, propaganda, education and training.

Assisting and cooperating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives

outlined in the “Health and Safety Policy” of the occupier.

Carrying out health and safety surveys for identifying unsafe working

condition/practices, which causes accident.

8.10.1 Five Cardinal Rules for Safety

1. Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) rules, applicable to a given task, must be

adhered to at all times.

2. Isolation and Lock Out procedures must always be followed.

3. No person may work if under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

4. All the injuries and incidents must be reported.

5. Do not override or interfere with any safety provision nor allow anyone else to

override or interfere with them.

8.10.2 Details of occupational hazards: permissible exposure levels:

The Occupational Health related hazards identifiable in Mining Activity and their

Permissible Exposure Levels (PEL) are as follows:

Description of Health Hazards Permissible Exposure Levels

TWA Conc, 8-h (Factories Act)

1 Exposure to excessive dust resulting in

respiratory diseases

10 mg/m3

2 Noise induced hearing loss* Level and duration of exposure

90 dBA – 8 hrs, 92 dBA – 6 hrs

95 dBA – 4 hrs, 100 dBA – 2 hrs





Measures proposed by SCL for protecting workers health.

1. Health check-up will be done once at entry level and thereafter every 5 years. Chest

X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry, ECG and Heart Check-up, Thyroid profile, Kidney

Profile, Blood Test, Routine Urine Examination, ENT Checks, shall be carried out.

Regular health check-ups of the exposed workers shall be carried out, as per

schedule using the pre-designed format. The records shall be statistically analysed

and discussed in Management Review meeting. The Health Examination formats are

attached.

2. Environmental monitoring of each and every work place shall be conducted by EMD

staff every month. The findings shall be statistically analysed and discussed in

Management Review meeting for taking corrective actions.

3. Engineering interventions shall be adopted to control the dust, noise in work

environment. Relaxation facilities to workers shall be provided near the work area.

4. Good housekeeping will be done by employing a large team of dedicated workers.

Housekeeping work shall be outsourced. Workshop and office shall be cleaned daily.

5. Personal protective devices shall be given to workers who are exposed to excessive

heat, noise and dust. Job rotation schedule shall be maintained.

6. Enforcement of usage of Personal Protective Devices, Regular Work Environment

Monitoring, having fixed Working hours, Shifts, Job Rotation Procedure (Rotation of

employees in specific areas to avoid continuous exposure) shall be adopted.

7. SCL shall periodically impart training to workers through well-designed training

modules, creating awareness among the workers through posters and leaflets.

Training modules shall be developed for following subjects: Ergonomics,

Occupational Eye Diseases, Occupational Noise Problems, Stress & Preventive

Management, Work rotation and shift work, Preventive Management Techniques at

Individual level, Fire safety, Electrical Safety, Prevention of Dust Exposure.

8. All safety and health codes prescribed by the Bureau of Indian Standards shall be

implemented.

9. Effective step shall be taken to avoid muscular-skeleton disorders (MSD), backache,

pain in joints, fatigue: Proper training shall be provided to workers regarding

knowledge of correct work procedure and technique before allotting the job (like

working in machines, lathes, lifting weight, working in height, etc). Regular advice

shall be given to the workers through campaigns and illustrations related to safe work

practices so that they do not develop any muscular strain or fatigue during their work

schedules.





8.10.3 Safety Hazards and Prevention Methods

The safety hazards in Mining Activity is given in Following Table

1 Eye Injury

2 Mechanical hazards (fall, injury, cuts)

3 Accidents (Road, rail, vehicle, loco movement)

4 Fly rocks due to blasting

5 Fire / explosion in Magazine

Prevention Measures:

1. Adequate training shall be provided to all workers before they are put on the job.

2. Following PPE shall be given to workers to reduce the exposure

Industrial Safety helmets

Crash helmets

Face shield with replacement acrylic vision

Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses

Welders equipment for eye and face protection

Ear muffs

Leather apron

Safety belt / line man's safety belt

Leather hand gloves

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe

Protective clothing etc.

3. All above ground tanks (Diesel Tanks) containing liquids whose spillage could be

hazardous to the environment shall be bonded/dyked. Bunds shall be impermeable and

resistant to the stored materials, have no outlet (no drains or taps) and drain to a blind

collection point, have pipework routed within bunded areas with no penetration of

contained surfaces and designed to catch leaks from tanks or fittings.

4. The layout and design specifications of the fuel storage tanks and explosive storage

godown shall conform to the guidelines of Oil Industry Safety Directorate and got

approved by PESO, if their size exceeds the threshold capacity.

5. Storage areas shall have appropriate signs and notices and be clearly marked-out, and

all containers and packages shall be clearly labelled.

6. Where spillage of any stored substance could be harmful to the environment, the area

shall be appropriately kerbed or bunded.





8.11 Budget for Environmental Management

The total project cost is Rs. 169 crores. The capital cost for environmental management of

the proposed mine is estimated to be Rs.200 lakhs. Rs.60 lakhs has been earmarked as

annual recurring expenses.

Major Head Capital Budget Annual Recurring Expenses

1 Pollution Control Air and water pollution control

90 20

2 Pollution Monitoring EMD, monitoring instruments

30 10

3 Occupational Health & Safety

25 10

4 Green Belt 25 10

5 OB Dump Management 30 10

Total 200 60

Note: Rs.67 lakhs is allotted to implement the mine closure plan Rs. 845 lakhs is allotted for CSR activities





CHAPTER 9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

Project Description

Shree Cement Limited (SCL) proposes to produce 3.6 Million Tons Per Annum Limestone

from mine located at village Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal Karempudi, District-

Guntur. The Mining Lease area is 283.585 hectares. This mine will supply limestone to the

cement plant proposed at adjacent Pedagarlapadu village. LOI was issued to SCL on

19/5/2010 by Government of Andhra Pradesh for grant of Mining lease over an area of

283.585 hectares for a period of 30 years. Nearest railway station is located at Nadikudi

which is 6 km away in north direction. The site is almost flat. There is no forest land. No

national park or wildlife sanctuary is present in the area.

Public Hearing: Public Hearing was held on 29th October 2015.

Project Cost: The cost of the project is Rs.169 crores.

Employment: The project will create direct employment for 84 people. Local people will be

preferred for employment

Water Requirement: 150 kl/day water will be required for dust suppression, greenery

development and drinking purpose.

Process: Opencast mining method using shovel and dumper will be adopted to mine

limestone. Non-electric delay detonators type will be used for blasting. Drilling machine,

hydraulic rock breaker, crusher, hydraulic excavator and dumper will be used for mining of

limestone. Limestone will be crushed in the crusher of 1200 TPH which will be installed in

mine lease area. Crushed limestone will be transported to cement plant by conveyor belt.

Description of Baseline Environment

Baseline data was generated during the period 1st December 2014 to 28th February 2015.

10 km area around the plant boundary was selected for data generation. Data was

generated by following the standard procedures of the Ministry of Environment & Forests

and the Central Pollution Control Board. Wind speed and wind direction were noted on

hourly basis. Air quality and noise level was measured at 8 locations. Surface water quality

was measured at 6 locations. Groundwater quality was measured at 8 locations. Soil quality





was measured at 8 locations. Data on plants and animals was collected from the published

literature. Data on population, occupation, crops, and infrastructure facilities were collected

from District Statistics Handbook and Census of India. Land use, drainage and hydrology

study was done using satellite imagery. No major or medium scale industry exist in the 10

km area around proposed project site.

Air Quality: Ambient air samples from 8 locations were analyzed for PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NO2, ozone, carbon monoxide, ammonia, PAH, benzene, nickel, lead, zinc content. Silica

content in PM10 was also measured. The air quality was found to be meeting the National

Standards.

Noise Quality: Noise levels were monitored at 8 locations and levels were found to be

meeting the National Standards.

Water Quality: The ground water and surface water samples did not show any oil, metals or

bacterial contamination. The ground water of the area is fit for drinking. Surface water quality

is fit for irrigation.

Soil Quality: The soil contains moderate amount of organic matter, nitrogen, potassium and

phosphorus content.

Flora and Fauna: The area is dominated by agriculture and fallow land. No dense forest is

present. The forest cover of study area is 0.5%. Therefore the diversity of plant and wild

animals is poor. No endangered plants and animals are found in the study area.

Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures

Water Quality: No wastewater will be discharged outside the mine.

Mitigation Measures: Domestic wastewater will be treated in septic tanks and disposed in

soak pits. Water from workshop shall be properly treated. Treated water will be used for dust

suppression. Gully checks will be made along the dump slope to prevent erosion. The

overburden slopes will be stabilized with vegetation. Sedimentation tank will be made for

collecting runoff.

Blasting and mining upto 30 m depth will lead to opening up of fractures and fissures of the

ground strata. This will add to groundwater level. Development of porosity by cracks and





joints will also enhance the groundwater flow. Seepage water will accumulate in the mining

pits. The accumulated water will be used for dust suppression system.

Air Quality: Dust is the main pollutant generated during mining. Vehicle movement will also

add to dust pollution. Significant dust level will occur only inside mine area.

Mitigation Measures: Stable roads will be made inside mine area. Water sprinkling system

will be used for dust suppression. Regular maintenance of vehicles and mine equipment will

be done. Wet drilling and controlled blasting will be done. Crusher will be provided with water

sprinklers and bag filter. 7.5 m wide greenbelt will be developed along the mine boundary.

Small herbs and shrubs will be planted in the inner row. Thereafter local species will be

planted.

Noise Quality: Use of mine equipment and crusher, blasting, loading and unloading

operations are the main noise generating sources in the mine site.

Mitigation Measures: Vehicles and equipment will be properly maintained. Controlled

blasting will minimize noise and vibrations. Workers will be given ear plugs. Mining will be

done only during day time.

Land Form: In first five years 0.56 Million Cubic Meter of Over Burden will be generated.

After 30 years 5.07 MCM ((7.61 Million Tons) of Over Burden will be generated. The

overburden will be stored near the mine boundary. The OB will be stabilized with vegetation.

Slope of OB will be kept less than 45 degree. Height of OB will be kept less than 5 m. The

OB will be backfilled into mine void after 30 years

For reducing the adverse impacts due to mining, following mitigation measures are also

suggested:

Wet drilling will be practiced. For dry drilling dust extractor will be fitted with the drilling

machine.

Controlled blasting technique will be followed. Blasting will be done around noon.

Non-electric shock tube initiating system and Noiseless Trunkline Delay detonators and

IKON (Digital Electronic System) will be used for blasting. This will keep the air blast

levels to the lowest possible limits and within standard limit.

Ground vibrations to be monitored during blasting using Seismograph, through study of

the peak particle velocity at different distances.

Hydraulic rock breaker will be used to eliminate secondary blasting.





Combination of primary rock breaker and backhoe will be used for collection and loading

of limestone in an efficient manner.

Compaction, gradation and proper drainage will be provided for haul roads.

Haul roads inside mines will be stabilized so that dust is not generated during vehicle

movement.

Depression area within the worked out site will be converted to water body.

Air quality dispersion modeling study was conducted. The study proved that the air and

noise quality of the area will remain within the national standards. No toxic chemicals or toxic

wastes will be handled in the mine. Diesel and Explosives will be stored as per approval

obtained from Chief Controller of Explosives.

Exposure to dust and respiratory disorders, noise induced hearing loss, mechanical injury to

body parts are the main health hazards. The workers will be checked during employment

and then every year. Workers will be given personal protective equipment like nose mask,

ear plugs, safety boots, gloves, goggles, etc. Clean drinking water and toilet facility, canteen

facility, rest room for drivers and their attendants will be provided. Regular training and

awareness programs will be conducted for the workers.

Risk Mitigation Measures: Explosion / fire in explosive storage (magazine house) and

diesel storage tank are the risks and accident hazards. The diesel tank will be designed as

approved by Chief Controller of Explosives. The location of explosive storage area will be

approved by Chief Controller of Explosives. All safety measures recommended by the IBM

and DGMS will be implemented. Mobile vehicles and arrangement for the first aid will be

established at Mine site. An effective communication system comprising landline and mobile

phones facilities will be arranged at the mine site. Ground vibration measurements will be

carried out and blasting will be done as per recommendation. The ground vibration (peak

particle velocity) will be maintained within the DGMS limit. This will ensure safety of

surrounding buildings and houses of villagers. Blasting technology selected for this operation

will ensure that fly rocks are kept to the minimum and blast waves are of lower magnitude.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

All HEMM and unloading hopper will be fitted with the emission control system. Haul roads

will be maintained on regular basis by spraying water. For plantation, ETP, soak pits and

septic tanks and environment lab about Rs. 2.0 crores would be spent. Approx. Rs. 60 lacs





would be required for implementing the EMP. EMD will interact with the regulatory

authorities, submit the monitoring reports and consent applications.

Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental Management Department (EMD) will be established to undertake routine

environmental monitoring. Qualified scientists and engineers will be recruited. The EMD will

be common for both mine and cement plant. Pollution monitoring laboratory will be

established for regular monitoring of environment. The Environmental Management

Department (EMD) will be responsible for the following functions:

Regular monitoring of –

1. Ambient air quality at three locations (each 120 deg angle) at the mine boundary

throughout the year.

2. Water quality monitoring as per the CGWA requirement.

3. Develop and maintain greenbelt and greenery inside the mine area.

Conclusion

The proposed 3.6 MTPA limestone mining project shall add value to the natural resources of

the country (by producing cement). The pollution from the mine shall be minimal by using

best applicable technology and adherence to standard norms. The adverse impact from the

project will be manageable and technological solutions and national standards are available

for mitigation of impact. SCL shall maintain the ambient air quality, ambient noise quality and

quality of water resources, land, forests, ecology, within the national standards and norms.

There will be no loss of forest from this project. Loss of livelihood shall be appropriately

compensated as per norms. The mined out limestone will be used for cement production,

thereby creating employment opportunity.





CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED FOR EIA STUDY

TOR for the integrated cement plant and mining project was issued vide MoEF letter no. J-

11011/563/2010-IA II (I), dated 31st December, 2010 (EAC meeting held on 14.12.10). The

TORs were extended till 31-12-2013 vide letter dated 22-3-2013. Shree Cement Limited

engaged JM Environet to conduct EIA study covering period December 2010 to March 2011.

After expiry of the TOR validity, MOEF asked Shree Cement Limited to apply for fresh TOR.

Terms of Reference for EIA was prescribed by MoEF vide letter No J.11015/143/2014-IA.II

(M) dated 12th August 2014. for limestone mines. M/s Shree Cement Limited engaged

EMTRC Consultants Private Limited, Delhi to conduct the EIA Study of proposed limestone

mines. The draft report prepared by the earlier consultant was provided to EMTRC

Consultants Pvt Ltd. Satellite Imagery based landuse data as well as data on Ecology,

Socio-economics and Hydrogeology were taken from the previous EIA report after adequate

cross-checking.

Shree Cement Limited engaged the services of Associate Engineers and Consultants to

prepare the Hydrogeology Report and Rainwater Harvesting Plan.

EMTRC Consultants Private Limited is accredited as EIA Consultant by NABET (Quality

Council of India). The Accreditation includes Mining Sector. (Category A). EMTRC has its

own laboratory for sampling and testing of air, water, noise and soil samples. The laboratory

is recognized by MOEF (from 8-3-2013 to 7-3-2018), and ISO 9001 Certified. The profile of

EMTRC is available in website www.emtrc.com.









LIST OF ANNEXURES

TITLE Page

Annexure 1 Grant of Mining Lease by AP Govt 154

Annexure 2 Receipt of Letter submitted to DFO,

Guntur, AP

156

Annexure 3 Receipt of Letter submitted to CWL,

Govt of AP

158

Annexure 4 Details of ISCST3 Model Used 160

Annexure 5 Test Reports 165

Annexure 6 Permission to take Ground Water

from CGWA

190

Annexure 7 Hydrogeological Investigation Report 192

Annexure 8 Approval of Mining Plan 233

Annexure 9 Filled up Questionnaire 236

Annexure 10 Proceedings of Public Hearing 271

























160

ANNEXURE 4 : MODELLING DETAILS

CO STARTING

TITLEONE GUNTUR LIMESTONE MINES

TITLETWO TSP EMISSIONS

MODELOPT DFAULT CONC RURAL

AVERTIME 24 PERIOD

POLLUTID TSP

TERRHGTS FLAT

RUNORNOT RUN

CO FINISHED

SO STARTING

** HAULR1 HAUL ROAD

** TLOAD1 TRUCK LOADING LIMESTONE

** DRILLING

** CRUSHER1

LOCATION HAULR1 VOLUME 00. 1000.

LOCATION TLOAD1 VOLUME 00. 300.

LOCATION DRILLING VOLUME 200. 500.

LOCATION CRUSHER POINT 100. 800.

SRCPARAM HAULR1 20.1 1.0 1000.0 2.0

SRCPARAM TLOAD1 1.36 5.0 2.0 1.1

SRCPARAM DRILLING1 0.13 1.0 465.0 1.2

SRCPARAM CRUSHER 0.8 11.0 319.0 18.0 0.78

SRCGROUP ALL

SO FINISHED

RE STARTING

GRIDCART GRID1 STA

XYINC -2500.0 21 250.0 -2500.0 21 250.0

GRID1 END

RE FINISHED

ME STARTING

INPUTFIL C:\GUN\GUN.MET

ANEMHGHT 10.0

SURFDATA 111 2015 XXX

UAIRDATA 111 2015 XXX

WDROTATE 180

ME FINISHED

OU STARTING

RECTABLE 24 FIRST

MAXTABLE 24 10

PLOTFILE 24 ALL FIRST C:\GUN\GUNP.PLT

OU FINISHED

*** Message Summary For ISC3 Model Setup ***

--------- Summary of Total Messages --------

A Total of 0 Fatal Error Message(s)

A Total of 2 Warning Message(s)

A Total of 0 Informational Message(s)

******** FATAL ERROR MESSAGES ********

*** NONE ***

161

******** WARNING MESSAGES ********

NONE

***********************************

*** SETUP Finishes Successfully ***

***********************************

*** ISCST3 - VERSION 95250 *** *** GUNTUR LIMESTONE MINES

*** 04/03/15

*** TSP EMISSIONS

*** 11:47:36

PAGE 1

**MODELOPTs: CONC RURAL FLAT DFAULT

*** MODEL SETUP OPTIONS

SUMMARY ***

**Intermediate Terrain Processing is Selected

**Model Is Setup For Calculation of Average CONCentration Values.

-- SCAVENGING/DEPOSITION LOGIC --

**Model Uses NO DRY DEPLETION. DDPLETE = F

**Model Uses NO WET DEPLETION. WDPLETE = F

**NO WET SCAVENGING Data Provided.

**Model Does NOT Use GRIDDED TERRAIN Data for Depletion Calculations

**Model Uses RURAL Dispersion.

**Model Uses Regulatory DEFAULT Options:

1. Final Plume Rise.

2. Stack-tip Downwash.

3. Buoyancy-induced Dispersion.

4. Use Calms Processing Routine.

5. Not Use Missing Data Processing Routine.

6. Default Wind Profile Exponents.

7. Default Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients.

8. "Upper Bound" Values for Supersquat Buildings.

9. No Exponential Decay for RURAL Mode

**Model Assumes Receptors on FLAT Terrain.

**Model Assumes No FLAGPOLE Receptor Heights.

**Model Calculates 1 Short Term Average(s) of: 24-HR

and Calculates PERIOD Averages

**This Run Includes: 4 Source(s); 1 Source Group(s); and 441

Receptor(s)

**The Model Assumes A Pollutant Type of: TSP

**Model Set To Continue RUNning After the Setup Testing.

**Output Options Selected:

Model Outputs Tables of PERIOD Averages by Receptor

Model Outputs Tables of Highest Short Term Values by Receptor

(RECTABLE Keyword)

Model Outputs Tables of Overall Maximum Short Term Values

(MAXTABLE Keyword)

Model Outputs External File(s) of High Values for Plotting

(PLOTFILE Keyword)

**NOTE: The Following Flags May Appear Following CONC Values: c for

Calm Hours, m for Missing Hours, b for Both Calm and Missing Hours

**Misc. Inputs: Anem. Hgt. (m) = 10.00 ; Decay Coef. = .0000

; Rot. Angle = 180.0

Emission Units = GRAMS/SEC

; Emission Rate Unit Factor = .10000E+07

Output Units = MICROGRAMS/M**3

162

**Input Runstream File: C:\GUN\GUNP.INP ;

**Output Print File: C:\GUN\GUNP.OUT

*** ISCST3 - VERSION 95250 *** *** GUNTUR LIMESTONE MINES

*** 04/03/15 *** TSP EMISSIONS ** 11:47:36

PAGE 2


*** POINT SOURCE DATA ***

NUMBER EMISSION RATE BASE STACK

STACK STACK STACK BUILDING EMISSION RATE

SOURCE PART. (GRAMS/SEC) X Y ELEV. HEIGHT

TEMP. EXIT VEL. DIAMETER EXISTS SCALAR VARY

ID CATS. (METERS) (METERS) (METERS) (METERS)

(DEG.K) (M/SEC) (METERS) BY

CRUSHER 0 .80000E+00 100.0 800.0 .0 11.00

319.00 18.00 .78 NO

PAGE 3


*** VOLUME SOURCE DATA ***

NUMBER EMISSION RATE BASE RELEASE

INIT. INIT. EMISSION RATE

SOURCE PART. (GRAMS/SEC) X Y ELEV. HEIGHT

SY SZ SCALAR VARY

ID CATS. (METERS) (METERS) (METERS) (METERS)

(METERS) (METERS) BY

HAULR1 0 .20100E+02 .0 1000.0 .0 1.00

1000.00 2.00

TLOAD1 0 .13600E+01 .0 300.0 .0 5.00

2.00 1.10

DRILLING 0 .13000E+00 200.0 500.0 .0 1.00

465.00 1.20

PAGE 4


*** SOURCE IDs DEFINING SOURCE GROUPS ***

GROUP ID SOURCE IDs

ALL HAULR1 , TLOAD1 , DRILLING, CRUSHER

PAGE 5


*** GRIDDED RECEPTOR NETWORK SUMMARY ***

*** NETWORK ID: GRID1 ; NETWORK TYPE: GRIDCART ***

PAGE 13


** METEOROLOGICAL DAYS SELECTED FOR PROCESSING ***

(1=YES; 0=NO)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

163

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

NOTE: METEOROLOGICAL DATA ACTUALLY PROCESSED WILL ALSO DEPEND ON WHAT IS

INCLUDED IN THE DATA FILE.

*** UPPER BOUND OF FIRST THROUGH FIFTH WIND SPEED CATEGORIES ***

(METERS/SEC)

1.54, 3.09, 5.14, 8.23, 10.80,

*** THE FIRST 24 HOURS OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA ***

FILE: C:\GUN\GUN.MET FORMAT:

(4I2,2F9.4,F6.1,I2,2F7.1,f9.4,f10.1,f8.4,i4,f7.2)

SURFACE STATION NO.: 111 UPPER AIR STATION NO.: 111

NAME: XXX NAME: XXX

YEAR: 2015 YEAR: 2015

FLOW SPEED TEMP STAB MIXING HEIGHT (M) USTAR M-O LENGTH

Z-0 IPCODE PRATE

YEAR MONTH DAY HOUR VECTOR (M/S) (K) CLASS RURAL

URBAN (M/S) (M) (M) (mm/HR)

15 2 1 1 .0 .10 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 2 292.0 .30 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 3 .0 1.20 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 4 22.5 1.30 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 5 45.0 1.20 296.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 6 180.0 2.10 299.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 7 135.0 3.20 300.0 2

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 8 135.5 3.20 302.0 2

50.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 9 152.0 3.10 304.0 2

100.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 10 .1 2.80 306.0 2

200.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 11 112.0 2.50 307.0 2

300.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 12 134.5 3.20 307.5 2

500.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 13 45.0 1.80 307.5 1

700.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 14 45.0 1.90 307.0 1

800.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 15 157.0 3.90 306.5 2

700.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 16 115.0 2.10 305.0 2

400.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 17 157.0 3.70 304.0 2

100.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 18 135.0 3.30 302.0 2

50.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

164

15 2 1 19 135.0 3.20 300.0 3

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 20 117.0 2.40 297.0 4

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 21 67.0 1.30 297.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 22 90.0 1.50 296.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 23 139.5 1.40 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

15 2 1 24 270.0 .50 295.0 5

.0 .0 .0000 .0 .0000 0 .00

*** NOTES: STABILITY CLASS 1=A, 2=B, 3=C, 4=D, 5=E AND 6=F.

FLOW VECTOR IS DIRECTION TOWARD WHICH WIND IS BLOWING.

PAGE 23


*** THE MAXIMUM 10 24-HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES FOR SOURCE

GROUP: ALL ***

INCLUDING SOURCE(S): HAULR1 , TLOAD1 , DRILLING, CRUSHER ,

** CONC OF TSP IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 **

RANK CONC (YYMMDDHH) AT RECEPTOR (XR,YR) OF TYPE RANK

CONC (YYMMDDHH) AT RECEPTOR (XR,YR) OF TYPE

1. 11.65762 (15020124) AT ( .00, 250.00) GC 6.

5.52024 (15020124) AT ( -1750.00, 2500.00) GC

2. 11.60106 (15020124) AT ( -250.00, 500.00) GC 7.

5.15144 (15020124) AT ( -2500.00, 2500.00) GC

3. 6.87562 (15020124) AT ( .00, 1000.00) GC 8.

5.13654 (15020124) AT ( -2000.00, 2250.00) GC

4. 6.42641 (15020124) AT ( -2000.00, 2500.00) GC 9.

5.03326 (15020124) AT ( -2250.00, 2250.00) GC

5. 5.81558 (15020124) AT ( -2250.00, 2500.00) GC 10.

4.51879 (15020124) AT ( -250.00, 1000.00) GC

*** RECEPTOR TYPES: GC = GRIDCART

GP = GRIDPOLR

DC = DISCCART

DP = DISCPOLR

BD = BOUNDARY

*** Message Summary : ISCST3 Model Execution ***

--------- Summary of Total Messages --------

A Total of 0 Fatal Error Message(s)

A Total of 2 Warning Message(s)

A Total of 13 Informational Message(s)

******** FATAL ERROR MESSAGES ********

*** NONE ***

******** WARNING MESSAGES ********

************************************

*** ISCST3 Finishes Successfully ***

************************************

165

EMTRC LAB

(EMTRC CONSULTANTS PRIVATE LIMITED) F-66, Road No.2, Phase-I, UPSIDC Industrial Area

Masuri Gulawathi Road, Ghazibad (UP)-201009 Recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, GOI

Vide Notification No S.O.592 (E) 08.03.2013 to 07.03.2018

----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------

Date: 17-03-2015 Issued To : EMTRC Consultants Pvt. Ltd. UM-113A, 113, Ansal Plaza, Vaishali, Ghaziabad. Name of Project : 3.6 MTPA Captive Limestone Mine at Kachavarem &

Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/01 Nature of Sampling : Ground Water

Sample Collected by : Scientist of EMTRC

TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Methods Project Site Gadeveripalle Limit IS:10500

1 pH - APHA-4500 7.33 7.23 6.5 to 8.5

2 Conductivity mhos/cm APHA-2510 1690 2800 -

3 Turbidity NTU APHA-030B 3 3 5

4 Total Dissolved Solids

mg/l APHA-2540B 1240 2084 2000

5 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l APHA-2340C 490 590 600

6 Calcium as Ca mg/l APHA-4500B 152 192 200

7 Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA-4500B 26.7 26.7 30

8 Sulphate mg/l APHA-4500B 94 224 400

9 Chlorides as Cl mg/l APHA-4500B 196 426 1000

10 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l APHA-4500 10.8 13.5 45

11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA-4500D 0.74 0.0.88 1.5

12 Iron as Fe mg/l APHA-3111B 0.032 0.13 0.3

13 Copper as Cu mg/l APHA-3111B <0.02 <0.02 1.5

14 Lead as Pb mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 0.01

15 Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA-3111B <0.05 <0.05 0.3

16 Zinc as Zn mg/l APHA-3111B 0.58 1.18 15

17 Chromium mg/l APHA-3111B <0.005 <0.005 0.05

18 Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 0.02

19 Oil & Grease mg/l APHA-5520D Nil Nil 0.03

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 0.003

21 Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 0.001

22 Arsenic as As mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 0.05

23 Selenium as Se mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 0.01

24 Total coliform MPN/100 ml APHA-9230B Nil Nil Nil

Prepared by Authorized Signatory (Chemist) (Government Analyst)

166

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------




TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Methods Chintapalle Boduwada Limit IS:10500

1 pH - APHA-4500 7.48 7.28 6.5 to 8.5




mg/l APHA-2540B 1232 2208 2000


mg/l APHA-2340C 410 590 600






11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA-4500D 0.88 0.78 1.5















167

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------




TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Methods Dachepalle Kachavaram Limit IS:10500

1 pH - APHA-4500 7.59 7.39 6.5 to 8.5




mg/l APHA-2540B 1880 1610 2000


mg/l APHA-2340C 530 510 600


7 Magnesium as Mg

mg/l APHA-4500B 31.6 14.6 30




11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA-4500D 0.76 0.96 1.5




15 Manganese as Mn

mg/l APHA-3111B <0.05 <0.05 0.3











168

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------




TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Methods

Nadikudi PeddaGarlapada Limit IS:10500

1 pH - APHA-4500 7.43 7.40 6.5 to 8.5




mg/l APHA-2540B 1468 810 2000


mg/l APHA-2340C

370 350 600






11 Fluoride as F mg/l APHA-4500D

0.89 0.68 1.5








19 Oil & Grease mg/l APHA-5520D

Nil Nil 0.03







169

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/05 Nature of Sampling : Surface Water


TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Method Kesanupalle

Canal

Naguleruvagu

Canal

Tangeda

Canal

pH - APHA-4500 7.28 7.51 7.24

Conductivity mhos/cm APHA-2510 521 984 760

Temperature 0C APHA-4500 20 20 20

Dissolved Oxygen mg/l APHA-4500C 4.8 4.5 3.9

BOD mg/l APHA-5210-B 3.8 3.4 3.1

COD mg/l APHA-5220D 9.8 8.4 8.4

Total Suspended solids mg/l APHA-2540D 10 14 12

Total Dissolved Solids mg/l APHA-2540B 352 631 526

Total Alkalinity mg/l APHA-2320B 110 180 150

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l APHA-2340C 140 250 210

Calcium as Ca mg/l APHA-4500B 32 76 56

Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA-4500B 14.6 14.6 17

Sulphate mg/l APHA-4500B 11.8 24.2 20.8

Chlorides as Cl mg/l APHA-4500B 22 64 44

Nitrates as NO3 mg/l APHA-4500 5.2 6.8 4.5

Oil & Grease mg/l APHA-5520D Nil Nil Nil

Phenolic Compound mg/l APHA-5230D <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Arsenic as As mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Selenium as Se mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Chromium mg/l APHA-3111B <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Lead as Pb mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA-3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

Total coliform MPN/100ml APHA-9230B 88 96 84


170

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/06 Nature of Sampling : Surface Water


TEST RESULTS

Parameters Unit Test Method Ramapuram

Canal

Jawahar

Canal

Nadikudi

Major

Canal

pH - APHA-4500 7.26 7.16 7.46

Conductivity mhos/cm APHA-2510 541 509 1040

Temperature 0C APHA-4500 20 20 20

Dissolved Oxygen mg/l APHA-4500C 4.2 4.2 4.6

BOD mg/l APHA-5210-B 4.1 3.3 3.1

COD mg/l APHA-5220D 9.2 8.6 8.6

Total Suspended solids mg/l APHA-2540D 10 11 14

Total Dissolved Solids mg/l APHA-2540B 340 364 663

Total Alkalinity mg/l APHA-2320B 110 100 210

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l APHA-2340C 130 120 260

Calcium as Ca mg/l APHA-4500B 32 28 80

Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA-4500B 12.2 12.2 14.6

Sulphate mg/l APHA-4500B 8.2 7.5 9.2

Chlorides as Cl mg/l APHA-4500B 28 24 48

Nitrates as NO3 mg/l APHA-4500 5.2 4.8 4.5

Oil & Grease mg/l APHA-5520D Nil Nil Nil

Phenolic Compound mg/l APHA-5230D <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Arsenic as As mg/l APHA-3111B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Selenium as Se mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Chromium mg/l APHA-3111B <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Lead as Pb mg/l APHA-3111B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA-3111B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

Total coliform MPN/100ml APHA-9230B 98 90 92


171

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/07 Nature of Sampling : Soil Quality


SOIL QUALITY TEST RESULT


1 Bulk Density; g/cm3 1.23 1.15 1.26 1.34

2 Colour Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

3 Organic matter; % 1.35 1.52 1.26 1.35

4 pH 7.42 7.48 7.11 7.20



8 Chlorides (mg/ 100gm) 28.65 41.26 40.53 42.12

9 Available Potassium as K,

Kg/ha

171.4 193.4 137.1 126.2

10 Available Phosphorus as P,

Kg/ha

17.1 25.6 12.8 18.3


Kg/ha

170.6 133.5 163.5 14632

Test Method: IARI


172

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/08 Nature of Sampling : Soil Quality


SOIL QUALITY TEST RESULT

Parameters Peddagarlapadu Gogulapadu Bodada Chintapalle

1 Bulk Density; g/cm3 1.33 1.39 1.36 1.29

2 Colour Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

Blackish

Brown

3 Organic matter; % 1.74 1.52 1.69 1.46

4 pH 7.12 7.38 7.12 7.34



8 Chlorides, mg/ 100gm 26.42 28.13 44.62 56.29

9 Available Potassium as

K, Kg/ha

108.1 182.8 136.2 145.6

10 Available Phosphorus as

P, Kg/ha

9.21 10.16 17.24 16.48


Kg/ha

122.7 142.9 164.1 149.5

Test Method: IARI


173

EMTRC LAB




--------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/09 Nature of Sampling : Noise Quality Monitoring


Ambient Noise Level

Location Category Day time

Leq dB(A)

Standard

Day time

Leq; dB(A)

Night time

Leq; dB(A)

Standard

Night time

Leq; dB(A)

Kachavaram Residential 47 75.0 38 65.0

Inuparajupalle Residential 48 55.0 39 45.0

Bodada Residential 44 55.0 36 45.0

Dachepalle Commercial 51 65.0 44 55.0

Madinapadu Residential 45 55.0 37 45.0

Gadevaripalle Residential 45 55.0 38 45.0

Karempudi Commercial 52 65.0 41 55.0

Kesanupalle Residential 44 55.0 39 45.0


174

EMTRC LAB




---------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------


Inuparajupalli Mandal Karempudi, District- Guntur Andhra Pradesh. Party Code No. : RWPL76/10 Nature of Sampling : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Monitoring Location : Near Mine Site


TEST RESULTS Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 50 23 4.8 9 10 8

2 03/12/2014 46 19 4.2 9 12 6

3 09/12/2014 52 23 5.4 9.8 10 10

4 10/12/2014 46 20 4 9 12 8

5 16/12/2014 50 23 4.8 9.8 10 10

6 17/12/2014 48 22 4.6 9 6 12

7 23/12/2014 44 20 4 9 12 12

8 24/12/2014 48 20 4 9 8 12

9 30/12/2014 56 25 4.8 9 12 10

10 31/12/2014 48 20 4 9 8 10

11 07/01/2015 44 18 4 9 6 8

12 08/01/2015 52 23 5.2 9 10 7

13 14/01/2015 56 26 5.8 9 8 8

14 15/01/2015 52 22 5.4 9 12 10

15 21/01/2015 48 20 5.2 9 10 8

16 22/01/2015 42 18 4 9 12 6

17 28/01/2015 50 22 4.6 9 14 10

18 29/01/2015 48 22 4.8 9 6 10

19 05/02/2015 48 20 4.2 9 10 8

20 06/02/2015 42 18 4 9 8 10

21 12/02/2015 50 22 4.8 9 10 12

22 13/02/2015 48 20 4.5 9 14 10

23 23/02/2015 48 20 4.2 9 12 10

24 24/02/2015 44 18 4 9 8 12


175

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Near Mine Site


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


176

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Near Plant Site


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 48 25 4.5 9.8 12 10

2 03/12/2014 52 26 4.8 9.2 12 8

3 09/12/2014 48 23 4.6 9.6 14 12

4 10/12/2014 52 24 5.2 9.8 16 10

5 16/12/2014 54 26 4.8 9 12 12

6 17/12/2014 48 23 4.4 9.2 12 12

7 23/12/2014 44 22 4.8 9.8 12 10

8 24/12/2014 52 24 4.5 9.6 10 12

9 30/12/2014 50 22 4.8 9.8 12 12

10 31/12/2014 54 24 5.4 10.2 14 10

11 07/01/2015 52 23 5.8 9.6 10 12

12 08/01/2015 48 22 5.2 9.8 10 10

13 14/01/2015 46 22 6.2 9.2 12 8

14 15/01/2015 50 23 4 9 12 14

15 21/01/2015 48 20 4.8 9.2 10 12

16 22/01/2015 48 20 4.6 9.6 14 10

17 28/01/2015 46 20 4.2 9.2 12 10

18 29/01/2015 52 23 4.2 9 10 12

19 05/02/2015 54 25 4.6 9 18 16

20 06/02/2015 46 22 4 9.2 10 6

21 12/02/2015 43 20 4.8 9.8 12 8

22 13/02/2015 56 26 5.8 10.2 14 10

23 23/02/2015 46 22 5.2 9.2 12 6

24 24/02/2015 44 20 4.8 10.5 16 12


177

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location :Near Plant Site


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


178

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Naguleruvegu


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 52 25 5.2 10.2 10 8

2 03/12/2014 50 24 4.8 9.8 12 12

3 09/12/2014 46 22 4.5 9 10 10

4 10/12/2014 52 25 5.2 10.2 12 8

5 16/12/2014 48 23 4.8 9.8 14 8

6 17/12/2014 48 22 4.6 9 8 12

7 23/12/2014 52 24 5.2 10.6 12 8

8 24/12/2014 42 18 4 9 16 10

9 30/12/2014 48 20 4 9 12 10

10 31/12/2014 44 18 4 9 14 8

11 07/01/2015 46 20 4 9 12 10

12 08/01/2015 46 22 4 9 10 10

13 14/01/2015 46 22 4 9 12 8

14 15/01/2015 52 25 4.8 10.6 14 10

15 21/01/2015 48 22 4.5 9.6 9 10

16 22/01/2015 44 20 4 9 10 12

17 28/01/2015 46 22 4 9 12 10

18 29/01/2015 46 22 4 9 10 10

19 05/02/2015 48 23 4.2 9 8 12

20 06/02/2015 46 22 4 9 12 12

21 12/02/2015 48 22 4.6 10 10 12

22 13/02/2015 46 22 4 9 14 16

23 23/02/2015 44 20 4 9 8 10

24 24/02/2015 38 18 4 9 12 8


179

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Naguleruvegu


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


180

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Budawada


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 50 24 4.2 10.8 12 8

2 03/12/2014 54 25 5.2 10.2 9 12

3 09/12/2014 58 24 6.2 9.6 10 6

4 10/12/2014 56 25 5.8 9.8 12 12

5 16/12/2014 54 24 4.6 9.2 14 10

6 17/12/2014 52 24 5.4 9.6 12 12

7 23/12/2014 58 26 6.4 9.8 10 12

8 24/12/2014 46 22 4 10.4 9 10

9 30/12/2014 45 22 4.6 10.2 14 8

10 31/12/2014 48 23 4.8 9.5 10 10

11 07/01/2015 50 24 4 9.8 14 10

12 08/01/2015 56 26 5.6 9.5 12 10

13 14/01/2015 52 25 5.2 10.8 14 8

14 15/01/2015 48 24 4.8 10.6 16 10

15 21/01/2015 54 26 5.2 9.6 10 8

16 22/01/2015 52 24 4.8 9.8 18 12

17 28/01/2015 58 25 7.2 9.6 12 14

18 29/01/2015 52 24 5.4 9.2 14 10

19 05/02/2015 45 22 4.5 9.8 12 12

20 06/02/2015 48 23 4.2 10.6 14 10

21 12/02/2015 54 25 4.5 9.8 12 8

22 13/02/2015 52 23 4.8 10.2 14 10

23 23/02/2015 50 23 4.8 10.2 12 12

24 24/02/2015 52 23 4.8 10.2 10 10


181

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Budawada

Sample Collected by : Scientist of EMTRC TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


182

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Dachepalle


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 72 32 5.2 13.2 12 18

2 03/12/2014 66 25 5.4 11.2 18 14

3 09/12/2014 60 24 6.2 9.8 16 12

4 10/12/2014 68 26 5.2 10.6 12 8

5 16/12/2014 66 26 6.8 10.2 14 12

6 17/12/2014 62 25 8.6 9.6 18 14

7 23/12/2014 68 27 6.2 11.8 10 18

8 24/12/2014 64 25 5.8 10 12 14

9 30/12/2014 68 27 5.6 10.8 10 16

10 31/12/2014 62 24 7.2 9.4 14 12

11 07/01/2015 70 32 8.6 11.8 12 8

12 08/01/2015 68 27 7.5 10.8 14 10

13 14/01/2015 62 25 8.2 10.6 14 18

14 15/01/2015 70 32 7.8 12.2 18 12

15 21/01/2015 72 32 6.2 13.8 16 16

16 22/01/2015 66 28 5.8 11.2 14 12

17 28/01/2015 60 25 7.5 10.6 12 10

18 29/01/2015 68 27 8.4 11.8 18 18

19 05/02/2015 66 27 7.2 11.2 14 14

20 06/02/2015 72 32 7.5 13.6 16 12

21 12/02/2015 68 27 5.8 9.8 16 18

22 13/02/2015 62 25 5.8 9.2 16 14

23 23/02/2015 68 28 6.2 11.2 18 14

24 24/02/2015 64 25 5.2 10.6 14 16


183

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Dachepalle


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


184

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Godewaripalle


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 66 37 4 13.5 16 12

2 03/12/2014 72 35 4 13.6 16 11

3 09/12/2014 70 41 7.9 10.7 15 20

4 10/12/2014 69 36 4 11.8 14 12

5 16/12/2014 67 40 4 10.9 13 10

6 17/12/2014 71 38 4 9.5 15 10

7 23/12/2014 69 40 4 10.6 13 9

8 24/12/2014 66 35 4 11.6 16 10

9 30/12/2014 68 37 8.3 11.8 17 13

10 31/12/2014 68 36 4 12.5 13 11

11 07/01/2015 62 39 4 14.8 18 13

12 08/01/2015 66 37 4 13.4 16 12

13 14/01/2015 69 40 4 11.9 16 11

14 15/01/2015 73 37 4 11.7 18 12

15 21/01/2015 73 39 8.4 9.7 16 19

16 22/01/2015 72 41 4 10.9 17 9

17 28/01/2015 65 41 4 12.5 14 11

18 29/01/2015 68 41 4 11.4 17 10

19 05/02/2015 69 40 6.8 7.7 13 18

20 06/02/2015 66 39 7.3 9.1 12 23

21 12/02/2015 71 35 7.1 9.5 13 18

22 13/02/2015 68 37 6.1 10.7 15 15

23 23/02/2015 65 40 5.6 9.3 15 18

24 24/02/2015 70 39 4.9 10.2 15 17


185

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Godewaripalle


Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


186

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Karempudi


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 48 24 4.4 9.6 12 10

2 03/12/2014 52 26 5.2 9.5 12 10

3 09/12/2014 48 25 5.2 10.8 16 12

4 10/12/2014 48 24 4.8 9.8 16 12

5 16/12/2014 54 26 5.2 9.6 14 10

6 17/12/2014 56 24 4.8 9.8 18 10

7 23/12/2014 58 25 7.2 9.6 12 14

8 24/12/2014 52 24 5.4 9.2 14 10

9 30/12/2014 58 22 4.5 9.2 12 8

10 31/12/2014 48 23 4.2 10.6 14 10

11 07/01/2015 52 24 4.2 9.8 12 8

12 08/01/2015 54 25 5.2 9.2 9 10

13 14/01/2015 58 24 6.2 9.6 10 6

14 15/01/2015 56 25 5.8 9.8 12 12

15 21/01/2015 54 24 4.6 9.2 12 10

16 22/01/2015 52 24 5.4 9.6 12 10

17 28/01/2015 58 26 6.4 9.8 10 12

18 29/01/2015 46 22 4 9.6 9 10

19 05/02/2015 45 22 4.6 10.2 14 12

20 06/02/2015 48 23 4.8 9.5 10 10

21 12/02/2015 54 25 4.5 9.8 12 8

22 13/02/2015 52 23 4.8 10.2 14 10

23 23/02/2015 56 24 5.2 10.2 12 12

24 24/02/2015 52 23 4.8 9.8 12 12


187

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Karempudi


Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


188

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Modinapadu


TEST RESULTS

Sr. No

Date Parameters

PM10

g/m3

PM2.5

g/m3

SO2

g/m3

NOx

g/m3

O3

g/m3

NH3

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 44 20 4.8 9 10 12

2 03/12/2014 48 22 4.5 9.8 12 8

3 09/12/2014 52 24 4 10.6 12 10

4 10/12/2014 44 20 4 9 10 8

5 16/12/2014 52 24 4.8 10.6 10 8

6 17/12/2014 44 20 4 9 16 10

7 23/12/2014 48 22 4 9 12 12

8 24/12/2014 50 22 4.6 9.6 14 10

9 30/12/2014 45 20 4 9 12 12

10 31/12/2014 48 22 4 9 14 10

11 07/01/2015 50 23 4 10.2 8 10

12 08/01/2015 48 23 4 9 10 6

13 14/01/2015 52 24 4 10.2 10 8

14 15/01/2015 50 24 4 9.8 8 8

15 21/01/2015 50 23 4 9 14 6

16 22/01/2015 52 25 4 9.6 10 12

17 28/01/2015 52 24 4.8 9.8 10 8

18 29/01/2015 46 20 4 9 8 10

19 05/02/2015 48 21 4 9 12 8

20 06/02/2015 48 20 4 9.5 10 10

21 12/02/2015 52 24 4.6 9.8 10 8

22 13/02/2015 52 23 4.8 9.5 12 2

23 23/02/2015 48 21 4 10.2 12 10

24 24/02/2015 50 22 4.5 9.6 12 8


189

EMTRC LAB




----------------------------------------------------------TEST REPORT----------------------------------------------------



Monitoring Location : Modinapadu


Sr. No

Date Parameters

CO mg/m

3

BaP ng/ m

3

Benzene

g/m3

As ng/ m

3

Ni ng/ m

3

Pb

g/m3

1 02/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

2 03/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

3 09/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

4 10/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

5 16/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

6 17/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

7 23/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

8 24/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

9 30/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

10 31/12/2014 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

11 07/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

12 08/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

13 14/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

14 15/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

15 21/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

16 22/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

17 28/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

18 29/01/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

19 05/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

20 06/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

21 12/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

22 13/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

23 23/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1

24 24/02/2015 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 <0.1


,-

Member Secretary

No.21-4(283)/SRlCGWAl2012- 168 1--"'==~-Mis Shree Cement Ltd.,

Bnagur Nagar, Post Box Nd."33,

Beawar-305901, Rajasthan

cq'ffif fH ChH

~~~~

~~ ••••3tI(1~

Government of India

Central Ground Water Authority

Ministry of Water Resources

CGWAlIND/Proj/2013-1400 IDated:-

'2 C SEP 20\3

Sub: - NOC for ground water withdrawal to Mis Shree Cement Ltd., in respect of

their proposed integrated cement plant with limestone mine at Villages

Kachavaram & Inuparajapalli, Mandai Karempudi, District Guntur, Andhra

Pradesh - reg.

Refer to your application dated 23.12.2012 on the above cited subject. Based on

recommendations of the Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board, Southern

Region, Hyderabad, vide their office letter no. 1/CGWAIPerm/SR/2011-12/366 dated

12.2.2013 & 8.7.2013 and further deliberations on the subject, the NOC of Central

Ground Water Authority is hereby accorded to MIs Shree Cement Ltd., in respect of

their proposed integrated cement plant with limestone mine at Villages

Kachavaram & Inuparajapalli, Mandai Karempudi, District Guntur, Andhra

Pradesh. The NOC is, however subject to the following conditions:-

1. The firm may abstract 1500 m3/day (and not exceeding 4,95,000 m3/year) of

ground water, through proposed ten (10) borewells only. No additional ground

water abstraction structures to be constructed for this purpose without prior

approval of the CGWA. NOC for dewatering must be taken at the time of

mining activity intersecting the ground water table.

2. The wells to be fitted with water meter by the firm at its own cost and monitoring of

ground water abstraction to be undertaken accordingly on regular basis, at least

once in a month. The ground water quality to be monitored twice in a year during

pre monsoon and post monsoon periods.

3. MIs Shree Cement Ltd., shall, in consultation with the Regional Director, Central

Ground Water Board, Southern Region, Hyderabad implement ground water

recharge measures to the tune of 9,93,721 m3/year, for augmenting the ground

water resources of the area.

4. The photographs of the recharge structures after completion of the same are to be

furnished immediately to the Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board,

Southern Region, Hyderabad for verification and under intimation to this office.

5. The firm at its own cost shall install piezometers at suitable locations and execute

ground water regime monitoring programme in and around the project area on

regular basis in consultation with the Central Ground Water Board, Southern

Region, Hyderabad.

West Block - 2, Wing - 3, Sector - 1, R.K. Puram, New Delhi - 110066

Tel: 011-26175362, 26175373, 26175379· Fax: 011-26175369

Website: www.cgwb.gov.in, www.mowr.gov.in

~ ~ Yrof - ~ <!ltl~l(1 q;(iJ

CONSERVE WATER - SAVE LIFE

190

6. The ground water monitoring data in respect of S. No. 2 & 5 to be submitted to

Central Ground Water Board, Southern Region, Hyderabad on regular basis at

least once in a year.

7. The firm shall ensure proper recycling and reuse of waste water after adequate

treatment.

8. Action taken report in respect of S. No. 1 to 7 may be submitted to CGWA within

one year period.

9. The permission is liable to be cancelled in case of non-compliance of any of the

conditions as mentioned in S. No.1 to 8 .

10. This NOC is subject to prevailinq Central/State Government rules/laws or Court

orders related to construction of tubewell/ground water withdrawal/construction of

recharge or conservation or conservation structures/discharge of effluents or any

such matter as applicable.

11. This NOC does not absolve the applicant / proponent of his obligation /

requirement to obtain other statutory and administrative clearances from other

statutory and administrative authorities.

12. The NOC does not imply that ether statutory / administrative clearances shall be

granted to the project by the concerned authorities. Such authorities would

consider the project on merits and be taking decisions independently of the NOC.

13. This NOC is valid for two years from the date of issue of this letter.

Copy to:

1. The Scientist 'F', Ministry of Environment & Forests, (I.A. Division), Paryavaran

Bhawan, CGO Complex, Lodhi Road, New Delhi-11 0003.

2. The Member Secretary, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran

Bhawan, A-III, Industrial Estate, Sanath Nagar, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh.

3. The Regional Director, Central Ground Water Board, Southern Region, Hyderabad.

This has reference to letter no. 1/CGWNPerm/SR/2011-12/366 dated 12.2.2013 &

8.7.2013.

4. The District Collector, District Guntur, Andhra Pradesh.

5. TS to the Chairman, Central Ground Water Board, Bhujal Bhawan, Faridabad.

6. Guard File 2013-14.

~ ----- -------/Member Secretary

191

HYDROGEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT LIMESTONE MINES AND CEMENT PLANT NEAR VILL KACHAVARAM

MANDAL KAREMPUDI, DISTRICT GUNTUR, ANDHRA PRADESH

Associate Engineers & Consultants, Jaipur Page 192

CHAPTER – 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project : Hydrogeologcal Investigation, Groundwater Resources

Evaluation & Rainwater Harvesting

Promoters : SHREE CEMENT LTD., KACHAVARAM, GUNTUR, AP

Conducted by : ASSOCIATE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS

Possible sources : Groundwater & Rainwater in the Plant, Colony &

Mine area.

Investigation Methodology :

Surface Hydro geological studies for Plant, Colony and mining lease area (Core Zone)

Surface Hydro geological studies for Buffer zone (10 Km radius).

Estimation of ground water Recharge & Discharge factors for both Core and Buffer

zone.

Reorganisation of nature of problem for rainwater harvesting.

Selection & Design of rainwater harvesting methods.

Coverage: (a) 283.585 hact. of mining lease, 100 hact of Cement plant & 42.79

Hact of Colony area (Core Zone)

(b) Approx. 10 Km radius around the project site

Findings:

The regional water level ranges between 10m. to 14m. below ground level during

the post monsoon period. Pre monsoon water levels are 12m to 18m bgl.

Based on results of hydrogeological survey conducted in the area, it appears that

ground water occurs in water table condition in weak zones of medium hard & hard

rock. In the investigated area, thickness of top soil is very less generally not more

than 3m in mining lease area & not more than 5m in plant area.

For buffer zone (10 km radius) total recharge due to rainfall & irrigation return flow

at normal rainfall works out to be 56.96 mcm/annum. Total discharge works out to

be 19.82 mcm/annum & stage of development is 34%.




Total gross dynamic reserves in the core zone, which includes plant, colony and

mine, have been estimated of the order of 0.613 mcm/annum. Stage of development

is 80%. Hence area is under safe category.

After initiating the mining the area of core zone will have surplus exploitable ground

water potential, indicates that mining activity will not affect ground water recharge

and its ground water resources. No stream was encountered during the mining

activity hence no diversion is required. This hardly affects surface water resources.

Similarly, as no stored water will be released directly to water streams of nearby

areas, possibilities of any siltation in natural streams and reduction of percolation is

very less.

Due to hard, crystalline and chemically resistant nature of limestone the water

stored in the mining pit remains unpolluted and free from any toxic constituents.

The overburden, mostly composed of very less alluvial material also does not

contribute any pollutants from its waste. The waste dumps are located in such a way

that there are no hindrances to flow of water bodies and streams.

There is no possibility of any land subsidence due to heavy pumping or mining as

the rocks are hard, compact, impervious and crystalline, which can be stand of its

own. Beside that there is no heavy pumpage for ground water extraction.

The mining activity, as per the conceptual plan is proposed to be confined to an area

of 268.085 Hect and will be up to depth of 32 m.at the end of the mine about 172.62

hectare area will be left as water recharge pit or as a source of water supply.

In the mine lease area radius of influence zone due to mine pit dewatering will

extends upto about 364 m from centre of the mine pit. After reviewing the lease area

map, it is seen that there is no spring, public well, river or lake in the area of 700




metres from the mining pits indicating that there will not be any influence of

pumping water from the mining pits on any other sources

Total Natural recharge in the green area or open land of plant, colony and mine area

is of the tune of 404288 Cum considering 15% as natural recharge factor.

Total rainwater runoff available for recharge from rooftop, roads, cemented area of

plant and colony area will be 589433 cum. To accommodate that amount of water

Thirty Five new injection well of 150 mm dia and 30m depth is proposed. These

injection wells will be provided with desilting and filter pit.




CHAPTER – 2

SURFACE HYDROGEOLOGICAL & HYDROLOGICAL INVESTIGATION

The Plant, Colony & Mine area is located at Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli, Mandal -

Karempudi, District – Guntur (Andhra Pradesh).The Plant, colony and mine area is

located at a distance of 3 Km from Dachepalli. The proposed Plant, colony & Mine lease

area is a part of Toposheet no. 56 P/10, published by survey of India. Plant Area is

enclosed within the latitude 16 30' 51" N to 16 31' 25" N and longitude 79 43' 48" E to

79 44' 40" E. Colony area is eclosed within the latitiude of E Latitude 16 30' 46" N to 16

31' 13"N Longitude 79 44' 25" E to 79 44' 56" E. Mine Area is enclosed within the

latitude 16° ” to 16° 0 9” N and longitude 79° 0 ” to 79° 0 ” E.

This chapter comprises of the main objectives & the investigation methodology.

OBJECTIVES

Hydrological & Hydrogeological studies of the core & buffer zone for mine,

colony & plant area..

To assess groundwater resources of mine, plant & colony area.

Water conservation measures to augment ground water storage.

GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

STRATIGRAPHICAL SUCCESSION OF STUDY AREA (PALNAD BASIN) Billions

Years

Era/perio

ds

Groups Formations Appx. Thickness

in m

Unconformity

16

to

0.5

7

Pre

cam

bra

in/

pro

tero

zoic

Ku

rno

ol

gro

up

(pa

lna

d b

asi

n)

Kolikuntla Limestone (Hard and compact) 200

Paniam Quartzite (Hard and massive) 50

Owk Shale ( Hard and compact) 200

Narji Limestone (Hard and Massive, cement grate

limestone)

Banganapalli conglomerate Quartzite (Hard and pebbly) 10

Unconformity

Cuddapah

Super

group

Srisalim Quartzites ( Very hard and Massive formations)




The study area is consists of Proterozoic age of Upper Puranas. The Kurnool group rocks

were deposited during the Upper Riphean to Vendian time. The kurnool group of rocks

are unconformable overlie on Cuddapah Supergroup. This group is comprises

alternating sequence of quartzite, shales and flaggy and massive limestone. The

succession shows frequent lateral thinning and thickening indicative of frequent

oscillation of the sea level during the deposition of the kurnool succession. The study

area is mostly covered by Narji limestone (locally called as Palnad Basin), the limestone

formations shows strike direction is NE and SW and dipping towards east with 40 to

450. The Narji limestone is the most important from point of view of their thickness and

aerial extent especially in the northwestern part of Guntur district. They are good

quality (cement grade) with white grey or buff coloured, grey and dark coloured,

compact limestone with conchoidal fractures

Local Geology

The proposed area around Gogulapadu, Kanchavarum & Budavada of Nadikude region.

Limestone deposit of the area is sedimentary origin and belongs to Narji Limestone

formation of Kurnool group.

The Limestone is exposed as outcrop at some places and the beds are almost horizontal

to low dipping ranging between 5 to 7 degree towards south east and the general strike

of the Limestone beds is NE- SW. The Limestone encountered is dark grey, fine grained

in texture with minor calcite bands of light pink in colour, fine grained, grey, massive

Limestone with intercalation of shale bands.

Black Cotton Soil: About 1.75-2.5 Mtrs. Thick black cotton soil is conspicuously present

in the mining area concealing the underlying limestone. The Average thickness is 2.0 m.

Grey to Dark Grey Limestone: The formation overlies grey siliceous limestone and is

fine grained hard compact massive and breaks with sub-conchoidal fracture into sharp

angular faces. The colour varies from Light grey to dark grey and the thickness about

26-30m.




PHYSIOGRAPHY, DRAINAGE PATTERN & RAINFALL DATA

The site area is on a top level surface of a minor elevated terrain at an altitude of about

102m above mean sea level (msl). The Northwestern boundary follows the path at

contour elevation is about 111m msl and 2 km radius of study area contour elevation

difference is 13m msl.

The area is Pedi plain complex and two minor lineaments which is Lineament-1 (L1)

and lineament-2 (L2) at N-W and N-E directions. The area is generally Northwest low

ground almost diagonally divides the area slopes towards South. The drainage course is

flowing towards northwest and southeast directions.

The drainage is dendritic to sub-dendritic and drainage course is first order, having well

defined courses traversing discontinuously with high yield cultivated agricultural fields.

The approximate difference in land elevation between the highest and lowest points is

about 13 m. The study area comprises of soils depending upon the underlying rock

formation. The prominent soil type is dark, grey-dark entisols.

STRUCTURAL FEATURES:

There are major structural elements associated in the formation. Linear features are

recognizable for short distances with development of typical straight drainage courses

following the joint planes such as, to northwest and southeast. Two sets of joints along

stream courses resulting in to the formation is prominent joint pattern as found to the

northwest side of the area which trending in N 60o E direction and other is S20oE

direction. The joints can be traced along with streams coarse and possibly are of

basement controlled fractures.

HYDROMETEOROLOGY

Climate and its classification: The climate of the district is characterized by hot summer

and general dryness except during south-west monsoon season. The climate type is

tropical with steppe type cultivation. The year is divided into four seasons namely




winter from January-February, Summer from March to May, Monsoon from June to

September and post-monsoon from October to December.

Temperature: May is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature

reaching 40oC and occasionally the day temperatures may rise above 45oC in May and

June. With the onset of the monsoon the day temperature falls and rises again after

withdrawal of monsoon. The mean minimum daily temperatures are 22oC-27oC in

summer months. During winter months mean daily maximum temperatures is 29oC and

mean daily minimum temperature is 20o C.

Relative Humidity (RH): During the monsoon season the RH is generally high. It

ranges from 70-82% in the morning hours and 50-70% in the evening hours. The driest

period is Summer where it reaches to 31% in the evening hours and 60% in the

morning hours.

Rainfall: The normal annual rainfall in the district is 815 mm received in from June to

September. The south-west monsoon season from June to September contributes about

562mm (69% of the annual) and rest is received from November to December from

Northeast monsoon and during the post-monsoon months

GROUND WATER CONDITIONS:

The limestone rocks is hard, massive and compact with alternate of mudstone are

devoid of primary porosity; however on weathering, jointing they develop secondary

pore spaces (porosity). The ground water occurs under water table conditions in

weathered mantle and under confined to semi confined conditions in joint plains at

shallow and deeper levels.

WELL INVENTORY

Systematic Hydrogeological surveys coupled with inventory of 23 borewells and a

Dugwells in 2 Km radius around site were carried out. The location of well inventoried

and hydrogeological data wells presented in Table No.1. They include dug wells with

extension of bore wells are made for irrigation purposes. The dug wells are generally

irregular and occasionally circle in shape.




S.

N

Co-ordinates Surface

elevation

(m amsl)

Name of

the

village

Location Owner M.P.

(meters

in) agl

Total

Depth

Static

Water

level

mbgl

Fractures

encounter at

depth in

Meters

Discharge

of

borewell

In lps

Diameter

in meters

Type of

Well

use of

well

Mode of

lift/Sub

mersible

pump

(H.P)

Geological

Horizon

Easting Northing

1 79 43 39.9 16 32 21.9 108 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Nageshw

ara

Reddy

S/o Koti

Reddy

0.7 75 14.97 49-50 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

2 79 43 45.2 16 32 19 107 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

P. Nagi

Reddy

S/o

Guruva

Reddy

0.5 150 11.26 93-94 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

10 Limestone

3 79 43 45.2 16 32 20.1 106 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

M. Pedda

Shesha

Reddy

S/o Koti

Reddy

0.25 75 13.49 48-49 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

4 79 43 48.4 16 32 21.6 107 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Uppal

Reddy

s/o

Shankar

Reddy

0.32 90 18.51 74-75 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

5 79 43 56 16 43 56 110 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

Elluri

Srinivasa

Reddy

S/o

0.37 100 18.97 92-93 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone




in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Venkat

Reddy

6 79 43 40.3 16 32 08.7 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Samalla

Kothi

Reddy

s/o

Kanaka

Reddy

0.26 60 14.97 39-40;

61-62

3 ; 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

7 79 43 41.1 16 32 07.7 114 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Kothapal

li

Siddulu

S/o

Siddulu

0.17 75 15.52 45-46 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

8 79 43 32.6 16 32 08.3 115 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Yennum

Nageshw

ar Reddy

S/o

Kothi

Reddy

0.37 75 13.29 45-47 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

9 79 43 23.3 16 32 09.7 114 Kachav

aram

The well is

located

within Mine

lease area

in Peruloni

Cheruvu

Elluru

Kashma

Reddy

S/o E.

Venkat

Reddy

0.33 75 14.28 45-48 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

10 79 42 59.1 16 42 59.1 105 Inupara

jupalli

Besides

northof

High

Tension

wire (pole)

0.3 75 18.99 48-49 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

11 79 42 0.6 16 31 11.2 108 Inupara

jupalli

North 100m

of well

No:10

Siddi

Shankap

pa

0.27 75 18.56 48-49 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone




12 79 42 02.9 16 31 15.1 106 Inupara

jupalli

Centre of

village

0.29 60 16.6

5

48-49 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

5 Limestone

13 79 42 04.7 16 31 15.8 107 Inupara

jupalli

200m south

of borewell

13

Errasani

Krishna

Reddy

s/o Gopi

reddy

0.33 75 16.78 48-49 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

14 79 42 07.6 16 31 21.9 108 Inupara

jupalli

400m North

east of

Borewell 11

Kallakul

ula

Venkatn

arayana

S/o

Siddulu

0.29 60 16.56 48-419 5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

10 Limestone

15 79 42 08.3 16 31 20.8 108 Inupara

jupalli

450m north

of borewell

No: 11

Rajanal

Satyanar

ayana

S/o

Rashmai

ah

0.34 120 17.36 33-34 10 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

16 79 43 24.6 16 31 20.9 112 Inupara

jupalli

300m north

of borewell

17

Ginihi

Ellaman

da

0.29 75 17.23 33-34 7 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

17 79 43 29.4 16 31 12.3 110 Inupara

jupalli

200 m

North east

of borewell

18

Busi

Peddi

Reddy

S/o

Ranga

Reddy

0.27 120 14.98 115-116 5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

5 Limestone

18 79 43 39.8 16 31 10.4 111 Inupara

jupalli

400m

northwest

of borewell

21

Chinna

Ramulu

S/o

Venkatai

ah

0.18 75 17.27 48-49 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

5 Limestone




19 79 43 43.1 16 31 18.1 109 Inupara

jupalli

200m north

east of

borewell 19

Rajanal

Ramulu

S/o

Rama

Kothaiah

0.23 75 18.27 48-49 4 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

20 79 43 35.1 16 31 38.8 106 Inupara

jupalli

450 m

North of

Borewell

No:22

Gillugu

Hanuma

nthu

0.27 75 17.85 47-48 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

10 Limestone

21 79 43 30 16 31 40 104 Inupara

jupalli

Near

stream

(vagu)

Naga

Raju S/o

Naga

Bushan

0.21 75 16.18 48-49 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

22 79 43 02.6 16 31 33.4 102 Inupara

jupalli

900 m from

High

tension

wire

Addanki

Venkatar

angaiah

0.19 75 17.87 48-49 4.5 0.165 Bore

well

Irrigati

on

7.5 Limestone

23 79 42 57.4 16 31 26.4 111 Inupara

jupalli

Within

Village near

temple

Govt. of

Andhra

Pradesh

(RWS)

0.7 11 10.14 8--9 not

measure

d

3.1 Dugwel

l

Drinkin

g

Rope &

bucket

Limestone




DEPTH OF WELLS:

Irrigation dug wells are shallow and ranges from 13 to 20m bgl. The total depth of

irrigation bore wells ranges from 50 to 150m bgl the joints or fractures lies in between

40 to 110 mbgl in existing borwells in and around 2 km radius of the study area. Details

of the lithology of the existing borewells are depicted with soil, weathered,

joints/fractured and massive limestone.

YIELD POTENTIAL:

Occurrences of potential aquifer horizons are highly localized. In the Northwest to

southeast direction number bore well became successful, situated along a lineament-1

& 2 lineament zones. In central part of study area shows few bore well drilled found to

be dry. This is an evidence of large variation and heterogeneity of the rock formations.

The yield of bore wells ranges from 15 lps to 20 lps. The potential yields were carried

out in the pre-monsoon period (i.e., in lien period) hence there is scope of high yield in

the monsoon (Khariff period) due to recharge from rainfall as well as there is canal

which recharge continuously from the upland slope with supplement recharge to these

major two lineament zones in this area.

WATER LEVEL AND SEASONAL FLUCTUATION

The regional water level ranges between 10m. to 14m. below ground level during the

post monsoon period. Pre monsoon water levels are 12m to 18m below ground level.

Seasonal fluctuation in the area is about 2 to 5 m. Fluctuation in water levels is mostly

due to recharge of ground water through rainfall and ground water discharge from wells

used for irrigation.

GROUND WATER MOVEMENT

In the investigated area the movement of ground water is governed mainly by

secondary fractures as metamorphics are impervious in nature and do not possess

primary porosity. The ground water also follows the topography and surface water

moves in South- Southwestern to northern or North-eastern direction. The hydraulic

gradient is not so high and has been observed as a meter per kilometre.




WATER QUALITY

Ground Water

The sources of potable water are the tube wells & bore wells in the area. Samples were

collected from the available water resources around the project area. The samples were

collected & tested from different sites.

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting eight water samples from

representative hand pumps and tube wells.

The water sampling stations are shown below:

TABLE -3.3.2(B)

WATER SAMPLING STATIONS

Station Sampling Location Direction from

Plant Site

Aerial distance in km.

From Boundary of

Project Site

GW1 Project Site --- ---

GW 2 Kachavaram W 1 km

GW 3 Inuparajupalli W 1 km

GW 4 Nadikuddi NNW 5.7 km

GW 5 Pedda Gariapada ESE 1.7 km

GW 6 Gogulapadu W 2.4 km

GW 7 Palligunta W 8.0 km

GW 8 Chintapalle SSE 8.1 km



Associate Engineers and Consultants Page 205

TABLE –3.3.3(B)

GROUND WATER ANALYSIS

S.No. PARAMETERS GW 1

Project Site

GW 2

Kachavaram

GW 3

Inuparajupall

i

GW 4

Nadikuddi

GW 5

Pedda

Gariapada

GW 6

Gogulapadu

GW 7

Palligunta

GW 8

Chintapalle

Limits of IS:10500 -1991

Desirable

limit (Max.)

Permissible

limit in the

Absence of

Alternate

Source

(Max.)

1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.87 7.50 7.38 7.38 7.44 7.63 7.75 7.84 6.5 to 8.5 No

Relaxation

2. Colour (Hazen

Unit) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 25

3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 10 4. Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable - 5. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

6. Conductivity

(µSiemens/cm) 2840.00 2043.00 2828.0 1835.00 1978.0 2445.00 1921.00 2370.00 - -

7. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 (mg/l) 479.84 476.00 487.20 372.00 414.56 425.76 476.16 441.60 300 600

8. Calcium as Ca

(mg/l) 161.89 153.92 165.67 123.67 146.99 148.89 130.82 126.78 75 200

9. Alkalinity as

CaCO3, (mg/l) 304.51 336.96 334.46 299.94 287.46 341.12 420.16 424.16 200 600

10. Chloride as Cl

(mg/l) 429.41 272.21 462.00 254.96 268.38 431.33 324.16 419.51 250 1000

11. Magnesium as Mg

(mg/l) 18.22 22.07 17.72 15.23 11.48 13.03 35.94 30.07 30 100

12. Total Dissolved

Solids (mg/l) 1845.0 1354.00 1840.0 1192.00 1285.00 1588.00 1261.00 1537.00 500 2000

13. Sulphate as SO4

(mg/l) 383.66 253.59 344.44 204.58 380.72 282.47 213.73 209.80 200 400

14. Fluoride as F

(mg/l) 0.51 0.42 0.46 0.46 0.37 0.48 0.39 0.49 1.0 1.5

15. Phosphate as PO4

(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 - -




16. Nitrate as NO3

(mg/l) 17.76 9.19 10.93 16.59 15.41 11.51 13.53 9.42

45 No

Relaxation 17. Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.09 0.14 0.08 0.09 0.17 0.11 0.22 0.16 0.3 1.0

18. Aluminium as Al

(mg/l) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03 0.2

19. Boron (mg/l) <0.50 0.71 0.86 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 0.68 1 5

20.

Phenolic

Compounds

(mg/l)

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

21. Sodium as Na

(mg/l) 485.00 286.50 460.10 250.20 325.80 299.20 159.20 384.10 - -

22. Potassium as K

(mg/l) 7.86 11.47 19.50 9.54 2.14 5.68 4.23 6.18 - -

23. Zinc as Zn (mg/l) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 5 15

24. Chromium as Cr

(mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05

No

Relaxation

25. Copper as Cu

(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 1.5

26. Manganese as Mn

(mg/l) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 0.1 0.3

27. Lead as Pb

(mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

0.05 No

Relaxation

28. Cyanide as CN

(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05

No

Relaxation

29. Mineral Oil

(mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.03

1. E. Coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent - -

30. Total Coliform

(MPN/100 ml) <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 <2.00 - 10.00

Source: Water Analysis Report




Surface Water

The area is drained by the Naguleru Vagu Stream in west. It flow northwards in black

cotton soil region and join the Krishna River. Krishna forms the natural boundary

between Guntur and Nalgonda. The drainage pattern of this area is sub dendritic in

nature. No perennial nallahs or streams are seen within the lease area. Samples were

collected from the available water resources around the project area. The samples were

collected & tested from different sites.

The quality of Surface water was studied by collecting eight water samples. The water

sampling stations are shown below:.

WATER SAMPLING STATION

Station Sampling Location

(Upstream and downstream)

SW1 Kesanupalli major canal

SW2 Naguleru vagu canal

SW3 Nadikodi major canal

SW4 Dandi vagu canal

SW5 Ramapuram major canal

SW6 Tangeda major canal

SW7 Jawahar canal




Locations

S. No Parameters Kesanupalli Major

Canal

Naguleru vagu

canal

Nadikodi major

canal

Dandi vagu canal Ramapuram

major canal

Tangeda major

canal

Jawahar canal

Upstre

am

Downstre

am

Upstrea

m

Downst

ream

Upstrea

m

Downst

ream

Upstrea

m

Downstrea

m

Upstrea

m

Downstr

eam

Upstrea

m

Downst

ream

Upstrea

m

Downst

ream

1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.19 8.27 7.97 7.88 8.18 8.01 7.73 7.82 7.71 7.97 7.88 7.89 7.82 7.86

2. Colour (Hazen Unit) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

4. Odour

Unobje

ctionab

le

Unobjectio

nable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjection

able

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjecti

onable

Unobjectio

nable

Unobject

ionable

5. Taste Agreea

ble Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Agreeabl

e

6. Conductivity

(µSiemens/cm) 545.00 563.00 972.00 1012.00 1031.00 1027.00 868.00 870.00 512.00 518.00 508.00 515.00 474.00 472.00

7. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 (mg/l) 130.56 134.40 264.96 272.64 276.48 276.48 245.76 253.44 134.40 138.24 130.56 130.56 134.40 134.40

8. Calcium as Ca (mg/l) 29.24 30.78 72.34 73.88 73.88 73.88 64.64 66.18 26.16 27.70 30.78 30.78 24.63 26.16

9. Alkalinity as CaCO3,

(mg/l) 129.38 131.04 237.12 237.12 232.13 235.04 208.83 209.25 135.20 137.28 135.20 138.53 132.29 133.12

10. Chloride as Cl (mg/l) 47.93 47.93 99.68 105.44 99.68 101.60 88.18 88.18 47.93 47.93 49.84 47.93 42.17 44.09

11. Magnesium as Mg

(mg/l) 13.82 13.82 20.28 21.20 22.12 22.12 20.28 21.20 16.59 16.59 12.90 12.90 17.51 16.59

12. Total Dissolved

Solids (mg/l) 331.00 371.00 641.00 658.00 655.00 667.00 585.00 583.00 334.00 338.00 337.00 341.00 312.00 314.00

13. Sulphate as SO4

(mg/l) 49.68

50.97 119.28 116.99 126.47 127.45 109.80 114.38 43.83 44.48 38.96 39.29 36.22 36.54

14. Fluoride as F (mg/l) 0.20 0.19 0.29 0.36 0.31 0.33 0.29 0.28 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.13 0.11

15. Phosphate as PO4

(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

16 Nitrate as NO3

(mg/l) 1.30

1.28 2.66 2.73 3.04 3.03 2.13 2.22 0.91 0.99 1.17 1.14 1.17 1.27

17. Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.14 0.16 0.17 0.17 0.07 0.07 0.40 0.45 0.16 0.17 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.14

18. Aluminium as Al <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03




(mg/l)

19. Boron (mg/l) <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50

20. Phenolic Compounds

(mg/l)

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21. Sodium as Na (mg/l) 44.43 44.22 94.70 95.20 96.80 96.10 86.30 86.20 41.72 41.80 40.08 40.83 41.03 40.73

22. Potassium as K

(mg/l) 4.16 4.14 3.81 3.32 4.08 4.13 4.78 5.17 2.64 2.66 5.88 5.98 4.32 3.10

23. Zinc as Zn (mg/l) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10

24. Chromium as Cr

(mg/l) 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25. Copper as Cu (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

26. Manganese as Mn

(mg/l)

<0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10

27. Lead as Pb (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

28. BOD (3 Days at 27

0C) (mg/l.)

3.90 3.60 3.45 3.90 3.09 3.06 2.85 3.09 3.72 3.60 2.70 3.00 2.70 2.70

29. COD (mg/l) 9.81 9.32 8.09 8.83 9.56 9.81 8.58 9.32 9.32 8.83 8.09 9.56 8.58 8.58

30. Total Suspended

Solids (mg/l.) 8.00 7.60 5.60 10.40 6.00 8.00 6.80 7.20 7.20 6.80 7.20 7.20 8.40 8.40

******




CHAPTER - 3

GROUND WATER RESOURCES EVALUATION

Ground water resources of an area can be distinguished under two categories:-

1. Dynamic ground water resources

2. Static ground water resources

DYNAMIC GROUND WATER RESOURCES

Dynamic ground water is that amount of water, which is found in the natural zone of

fluctuation in an aquifer due to ground water recharge. Total ground water recharge

(RT) of the area can be estimated by assessing the various components of the following

equation: -

RT = Rr+ Rs+ RI+ Sr+ Rc - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (I)

Where,

Rr = Recharge from Rainfall.

Rs = Recharge from Irrigation due to surface water.

RI = Recharge from Irrigation due to ground water.

SI = Recharge through surface water bodies.

Rc = Recharge to confined aquifers.

GROUND WATER RESOURCES IN THE CORE ZONE

Plant & Colony Area:

The investigated area covers 1.4279 Sq.km. and proposes to acquire this land from the

state govt. and from private cultivators. The main source of ground water recharge is

recharge due to rainfall by direct percolation and.

RECHARGE DUE TO RAINFALL (Rrm)

(A) BY GROUNDWATER TABLE FLUCTUATION METHOD:

Recharge due to rainfall is computed by specific yield water table fluctuation method as

below: -

Rr = A S.F Sy ------------------------------- (III)




Where,

Rr = Recharge due to rainfall in the investigated area.

A = Rechargeable area = 1.4279 Km2

S.F. = Seasonal fluctuation in water level.

Sy = Specific yield = 6% for Limestone aquifer

For Limestone

= 1.4279 x 106x 0.06 x 2.4

= 0.205 mcm/annum

Rrm 0.205 mcm/annum)

(B) BY RAINFALL INFILTRATION FACTOR METHOD:

In areas where groundwater level monitoring is not adequate in space & time, rainfall

infiltration may be adopted. The ground water estimation committee, Govt. of India

(1997) has suggested norms of recharge from rainfall under various hydro geological

conditions. The committee has suggested 15% for limestone aquifer has been adopted

which appears to be reasonable while looking to the hydro geological and

geomorphological settings. An attempt can be made to find out if it matches with the

ground water recharge calculated by seasonal fluctuation method.

For alluvium

Rr2m = area x normal rainfall x R.I. factor

= 1.4279x106 x 0.815 x 0.15

= 0.174 mcm/annum

TOTAL DYNAMIC RESERVES OF PLANT & COLONY AREA

Considering all above recharge components, total dynamic reserves in the investigated

area will be:

RTS = Rrm

RTm = 0.205 mcm/annum

RTm = 0.205 mcm/annum ……….. )




Mine Area:

The investigated area covers 2.83585 Sq.km. and proposes to acquire this land from the

state govt. and from private cultivators. The main source of ground water recharge is

recharge due to rainfall by direct percolation and.

RECHARGE DUE TO RAINFALL (Rrm)

(C) BY GROUNDWATER TABLE FLUCTUATION METHOD:

Recharge due to rainfall is computed by specific yield water table fluctuation method as

below: -

Rr = A S.F Sy ------------------------------- (III)

Where,

Rr = Recharge due to rainfall in the investigated area.

A = Rechargeable area = 2.83585 Km2

S.F. = Seasonal fluctuation in water level

Sy = Specific yield = 6% for Limestone aquifer

= 2.83585x 106 x 0.06 x 2.4

= 0.408mcm/annum

Rrm 0.408 mcm/annum)

(D) BY RAINFALL INFILTRATION FACTOR METHOD:

In areas where groundwater level monitoring is not adequate in space & time, rainfall

infiltration may be adopted. The ground water estimation committee, Govt. of India

(1997) has suggested norms of recharge from rainfall under various hydro geological

conditions. The committee has suggested 15% for limestone aquifer has been adopted

which appears to be reasonable while looking to the hydro geological and

geomorphological settings. An attempt can be made to find out if it matches with the

ground water recharge calculated by seasonal fluctuation method.

Rr2m = area x normal rainfall x R.I. factor

= 2.83585x106 x 0.815 x 0.15

= 0.346 mcm/annum




TOTAL DYNAMIC RESERVES OF MINE AREA

Considering all above recharge components, total dynamic reserves in the investigated

area will be:

RTS = Rrm

RTm = 0.408 mcm/annum

RTm = 0.408 mcm/annum ……… ))

TOTAL DYNAMIC RESERVES OF PLANT, COLONY & MINE AREA

= I + II

= 0.205 + 0.408

= 0.613 mcm/annum

GROUND WATER DRAFT

Ground water draft in the area can be estimated by assessing the various components of

the following equation:

DT = Di + Dd + Din + Dw + Det + Do---------------------- (B)

DT = Total ground water draft

Di = Ground water draft for irrigation in the area

Dd = Ground water draft for domestic use in the area

Din = Ground water draft for industrial use in the area

Dw = Ground water draft for irrigation & domestic use around

the area in the radius of influence.

Det = Ground water draft by way of evapotranspiration.

Do = Ground water draft as out flow from unconfined aquifer.

MINE, PLANT & COLONY AREA

From equation no. (B)

DT = Di Dd Din Do Det

In the investigated area, ground water draft will occur only through existing ground

water structure, which are constructed in the mining lease area and being used for the

industrial purpose. Eva transpiration losses are negligible as water table is deep. So at

present there is no other ground water draft in the investigated area.




Hence ground water draft can be computed by reducing the equation (B) to:

DTm = Din

Total water requirement for plant & Colony area will be 1350 Cum/day. This amount of

water will be used for mining operation, plant purpose and domestic use . Hence total

ground water withdrawal will be as under

Din = water requirement x total working days

= 1350 x 330

= 0.445 mcm/annum

Total water requirement for Mine area will be 150 Cum/day. This amount of water will

be used for mining operation, plant purpose and domestic use . Hence total ground

water withdrawal will be as under

Din = water requirement x total working days

= 150 x 330

= 0.0495 mcm/annum

TOTAL GROUND WATER DRAFT OF AREA (DT)

= 0.445 + 0.0495

= DT = 0.4945 mcm/annum

GROUND WATER RESOURCES (BUFFER ZONE)

The area of Buffer zone (314 Sq.km. – 4.26375 sq.km = 309.73625 sq.km.) lies in

Karampudi block of Guntur district AndraPradesh. This buffer zone has limestone and

shale as main aquifer. Main recharging factors in this area is recharge due to rainfall and

due to return flow from the applied irrigation.

RECHARGE DUE TO RAINFALL (RRB)

(A) BY GROUNDWATER TABLE FLUCTUATION METHOD:

The groundwater recharge for the buffer zone has limestone and shale as main aquifer.

There is hardly any canal irrigation and entire area of buffer zone has been irrigated by

open wells / tubewells, ponds.




It has been observed in the key wells penetrating both limestone and shale aquifer that

average rise in water table is 2 to 5m. at an average level it can be taken as 3.5m for

both the aquifers.

Recharge due to rainfall in the buffer zone is computed by specific yield water table

fluctuation method as below: -

Rr1 = A S.F Sy

= 309.73625 x 3.5 0.03

= 32.52 mcm/annum

Rr 32.52 mcm/annum

(B) BY RAINFALL INFILTRATION FACTOR METHOD:

The ground water recharge can also roughly estimated by rainfall infiltration method.

The ground water estimation committee, Govt. of India (1997) has suggested norms of

recharge from rainfall under various hydro geological conditions. For areas as that of

karampudi having consolidated sedimentaries and favourable hydro geological

conditions of shallow water level and well-developed drainage, rainfall infiltration

factor has been suggested as 10% to 15% of the normal rainfall. At an average level

infiltration factor for the area can be taken as 12%.

Rr2 = area x mean annual rainfall x R.I. factor

= 309.73625 x 0.815 x 0.12

= 30.29 mcm/annum

RECHARGE DUE TO APPLIED IRRIGATION (RIB)

Ground water recharge from the return flow of irrigation water is normally taken as

30% of the total water applied for irrigation as suggested by the committee. Total

groundwater applied for irrigation is 2.05 mcm/annum. Ground water recharge from

the above factors is as under

6.84 x 0.3 = 2.05 mcm/annum

RIB = 2.05 mcm/annum

RECHARGE DUE TO SURFACE WATER APPLIED FOR IRRIGATION (RSB)

As per the available Govt. ground water reports in Guntur district only 14% of the total

irrigated area has been irrigated through groundwater and rest from surface water. Also




from the land use pattern of the buffer zone it is apparent that total crop land is

163.7133 Sq.km. Hence area irrigated by surface water will works out to be 140.79

Sq.km.

Ground water recharge from the return flow of surface water irrigation water normally

taken as 30% ( For mixed irrigation) of the total water applied for irrigation as

suggested by the GWREC(1997). Total irrigated area is 140.79 Sq.km, taking 0.4m as

depth of water applied for the irrigation, total groundwater applied for irrigation at

80% efficiency works out to be 9.268 mcm/annum. Ground water recharge from the

above factors is as under

Surface water applied for irrigation

(140.79 x 0.3)/ 0.8 = 52.79 mcm/annum

Recharge to ground water

52.79 x 0.4 = 21.12 mcm/annum

RSB = 21.12 mcm/annum

RECHARGE DUE TO SURFACE WATER BODIES (SIB)

As per the land use pattern of the buffer zone total area under surface water bodies

work out to be 2.1169 Sq.km. As per the GWEC ground water recharge through surface

water bodies can be taken as 60% of the total spread area. Hence Ground water

recharge from the above factors is as under

2.1169 x 0.6 = 1.27 mcm/annum

SIB = 1.27 mcm/annum

TOTAL RECHARGE OF BUFFER ZONE (RB)

RB = RrB + RIB+ RSB+ SIB

= 32.52 +2.05 + 21.12 + 1.27

RB = 56.96 mcm/annum

GROUND WATER DRAFT OF BUFFER ZONE

From equation no. (B)

DTB = DiB DdB DinB DoB DetB




In the investigated area, ground water draft will occur due to applied irrigation, due to

domestic use, due to industrial use. Evatranspiration losses are negligible as water table

is deep. Hence ground water draft can be computed by reducing the equation (B) to:

DTB = DiB DdB

DRAFT DUE TO APPLIED IRRIGATION (DiB)

The ground water draft in the buffer zone takes place mainly by dug well and tube wells

used for irrigation. There are about 475 dug wells/tube wells tapping limestone & shale

aquifer. It has been stated earlier that in the limestone area ground water structures

usually have a discharge of 150 cum/day, while in shale area it is 100 cum/day. Hence at

an average level 120 Cum/day of discharge can be taken for both limestone and shale

aquifer. The annual draft has been calculated after considering that these structures will

operate only for four months a year. The annual ground water withdrawal from these

wells is as under:

475 x 120 x 120 = 6.84 mcm/annum

DRAFT DUE TO DOMESTIC USE (DdB )

In the buffer area, the population is about 189284 according to Census figures for 2001.

As population growth percentage has been @ 8.72 % per decade since 2001, the present

population is estimated at 205789 persons

Considering 100 liters (0.1 m3) as domestic consumption in rural and semi urban area

(as per GERC Report 1997), the total water withdrawal for domestic use will be:

DdB = 205789 x 0.1 x 365

= 7.51 mcm/annum

DRAFT DUE TO OURFLOW FROM UNCONFINED AQUIFER

As per the GWEC, 10% of the total ground water recharge can be taken as the

unaccounted outflow from the unconfined aquifer. Hence

Do = 54.77 x 0.1

= 5.47 mcm/annum




TOTAL DRAFT IN THE BUFFER ZONE

DTB = DiB DdB+ Do

= 6.84 + 7.51 + 5.47

DTB = 19.82 mcm/annum

SURPLUS DYNAMIC RESERVES OF BUFFER ZONE

Surplus ground water reserves are those reserves, which are available for utilization

and are expected to recharge every year. These reserves calculations are based on the

rainfall of 2011. Therefore, surplus reserves (Rw) are computed as follows: -

RWB = Total Dynamic Reserves - Total ground water draft

RWB = RTB - DTB

RWB = 56.96 – 19.82

RWB= 37.14 mcm/annum

Total recharge to the buffer zone is 56.96mcm/annum. Total ground water pumpage is

19.82 mcm, indicating that the area is under safe zone and present stage of ground

water development is 34% of the long term ground water recharge.

IMPACT OF MINING ON WATER REGIME

Shree Cement has mining lease area. Proposed working depth of this mine will be 32m.

In the mining lease area occurrence of potential aquifer zones are highly localised. In the

northeast and north west direction number of borewells are successful situated along

the lineaments. In central part of mining lease few borewell drilled found to be dried.

This is an evidence of large variation and heterogeneity of the rock formation.

The area is drained by the Naguleru Vagu Stream in west. It flow northwards in black

cotton soil region and join the Krishna River. Krishna forms the natural boundary

between Guntur and Nalgonda. The drainage pattern of this area is sub dendritic in

nature. No perennial nallahs or streams are seen within the lease area.

IMPACT OF MINING ON SURFACE WATER

All the mining activity proposed to be carried out in next five years will not interfere

anywhere with the natural drainage pattern. However, to prevent the entry of surface




run-off in the active mining pit, it is proposed to make bundh around the pit with soil

generated during mining so that rainwater will be channelised towards temporary

unused pit/water reservoir. As no stored water is released directly to streams, there is

no possibility of any siltation in natural streams and reduction of vertical percolation. It

is apparent that there is hardly any impact of mining on the surface water regime.

IMPACT OF MINING ON GROUND WATER

The ground water assessment studies carried out for the mining lease area indicates

that present status of groundwater development is negligible of the long term

groundwater recharge and therefore the core zone is considered as a safe zone. During

the first five year, mining activity will confined to above water table hence possibility of

getting ground water seepage is nil. At the conceptual stage, mining activity will

intersect the groundwater. Hence even at the conceptual stage, 0.652 mcm of

groundwater inflow will be available. Beside that about 1.26 mcm of rainwater will also

available due to direct percolation on the broken up area.

WATER LEVELS

Post monsoon = 10 to 14m

Pre Monsoon = 12 to 18m

END OF FIRST FIVE YEARS

General Ground Level = 100 MRL Water Level = 82 MRL

Broken up

area

Depth of

mining

Rainwater

Accumulation

Groundwater seepage

Lean Period Monsoon

period

17.92 Hact. 90 mRL 0.131 mcm Nil Nil

CONCEPTUAL STAGE

Brokenup area Depth Rainwater

Accumulation

Groundwater seepage

Lean Period

(mcm)

Monsoon period

(mcm)

268.085 Hact.

172.62 Hact –void, 95.465 –refilled

68 mRL 1.26 mcm 0.163 0.489




Expected impact on Hydrogeological regime of area Ground water recharge of core zone = 0.613mcm/annum

Ground water recharge of buffer zone = 54.77 mcm

Recharge Draft Impact

Natural recharge (

Calculated using seasonal

fluctuation & rainfall

infiltration factor)

Core zone

= 0.613 mcm/annum

Possible Impact zone

= 54.77

Mine use & domestic

= 0.4945 mcm/annum

Surplus reserve

Core zone

= 0.1195 mcm/annum

No negative impact

Buffer zone

= 54.77 mcm/annum

Stage of development

= 1%

No Negative Impact

First Five Year

1. Natural recharge (

Calculated using seasonal

fluctuation & rainfall

infiltration factor)

Core zone

= 0.613 mcm/annum

2. Natural recharge due

to accumulated

rainwater=

0.0131mcm

3. Recharge due to

rainwater harvesting =

0.453

Total core zone = 0.613 +

0.0131 + 0.453 = 1.0691

mcm

domestic

= 0.445 mcm/annum

Mine water requirement

will be meet out from

rainwater accumulated

in mine pit

No Groundwater

seepage

Surplus reserves

Core zone

= 0.6241 mcm/annum


= 41%

No negative impact

Buffer zone

= 54.77 mcm/annum


= 1%

No Negative Impact

Conceptual stage

1. Natural recharge ( Calculated

using seasonal fluctuation &

rainfall infiltration factor)

Core zone

= 0.613 mcm/annum

4. Natural recharge due to

accumulated rainwater=

0.126mcm

5. Recharge due to rainwater

harvesting = 0.453

Total core zone = 0.613 +

0.126+ 0.453 = 1.192 mcm

Industrial use= Nil

Mine seepage due to

water table intersection

Lean period = 0.163

Monsoon period

= 0.489 mcm

Total Draft

= 0.652 mcm

Surplus reserves

Core zone

= 0.540 mcm/annum


= 54%

No negative impact




RADIUS OF INFLUENCE AROUND THE MINING PIT

The open cast mining generally is carried out below local water table conditions. Under

these circumstances groundwater accumulates in the mine pit. The quantity of the

groundwater that can accumulate in the pit bottom is governed by the aquifer

properties and their lateral extent beside proximity of surface water sources like

perennial rives, ponds, reservoirs, tanks, springs etc. in order to win the ore it is

therefore essential to provide dry bottom conditions for the mine related operations.

This task is generally achieved by installing pumps. While dewatering the mine pit the

groundwater levels around the pit would gradually decline thereby creating a cone of

depression. The lateral extent of this cone of depression depends on pumping rate,

pumping duration, boundary conditions and aquifer parameters.

The mining operations are invariably are governed by certain environmental laws in

order to minimize their impacts on the natural resources in the vicinity. Groundwater

regime around the mining lease is one of such natural resources, which come under the

purview of the environmental law implementation. Under this law the mining operation

should not cause significant decline in the groundwater levels. In order to find lateral

extent of such groundwater lowering around the active open cast mining involving

dewatering several scientific methods can be adopted. Few of the relevant and

important methods are describe in the following paragraphs:

METHODOLOGY

(1) Well equation method:

This method is essentially meant for estimating the pumping rate from proposed mine

excavation and is based on standard well- hydraulic theory. However, expression for

estimating the influence radius has been derived in the present case by readjusting the

equation derived for estimating the pumping rate. This method is somewhat complicated

by the transient development of the cone of depression caused by pumping and, in

practice, the approach is to compute a range of pumping rates that will sustain the

required water table drawdown under steady state conditions. To do this, the radius of an

equivalent well must be used to replace the multiple well point. The equivalent well is

assumed to be a circular area representing the plan-view size of the excavated mine pit




and generating a cone of pumping depression in the groundwater table similar to that

produce by well point system.

In the case of circular mine pit excavation, the radius of the equivalent well (r) is the

radius of the excavated mine pit. in a rectangular or polygonal mine pit excavation, the

equivalent radius (rc) is derived from the equation:

rc = √ab/π ------------- (i)

Or

rc = √A/ π -----------------(ii)

Where

Rc= equivalent radius of an equivalent well (i.e. rc = r) and r is small in comparison to

the radius of the cone of depression (R); a and b are the length and breadth of the

excavated rectangular shape mine pit. In case of polygonal excavation the area (A) of the

polygon can be estimated and substituted in equation to estimate the equivalent radius.

Π= the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter. The pumping rate Q required to dewater the mine pit excavation may be estimated by

using the gravity flow equation:

Q = πK h12- h2

2)/In (R/rc) --------------------- (iii)

Where,

Q= pumping rate from mine pit

h1 = saturated thickness of the aquifer before pumping.

h2 = elevation above the base of the aquifer for the steady state condition.

R = Radius of fully developed cone of depression.

r= radius of equivalent well

in case of active mine operations it become essential to estimate the zone of influence R

around the mine pit due to a known pumping rate Q derived from the groundwater. This

can be achieved by rewriting the equation as :

In (R/rc) = πK h12- h2

2)/Q ---------------- (iv)

R = rc Exp{[ πK h12- h2

2)/Q]} ----------------- (v)

Hence, the influence radius due to mine pit dewatering can be estimated using the

expression (v). the factor (h12- h2

2) can be taken as the average depth of mine pit bottom

below the local groundwater table. Having known the pumping rate Q from the mine pit

if the entire pit water is derived from the groundwater or that component of the flow




derived from groundwater contribution, hydraulic conductivity of the saturated zone it

is possible to estimate the influence zone.

(2) (udak s method of capture zone delineation: The capture zone defines the part if an aquifer that will contribute water to a pumping

well over a period of time ( Hudak,1994). In the present case the well has been replaced

by a mine pit from which groundwater has been pumped as part of the dewatering

process. The volume of aquifer, Vc that contributes water to a mine pit over a period of time t is : Vc = Q(t)/ne ------------------------- (vi)

Where Q is the discharge rate from the mine pit, and ne is the effective porosity of the

aquifer.

The area Ac around the excavated mine pit that contributes water to the mine pit is

given by;

Ac = Vc/b ------------------------(vii)

Where b is the saturated thickness of aquifer.

Combining equations (vi) & (vii) yields

Ac = Q(t)/ {ne b} ------------------- (viii)

Thus, the area of the capture zone is inversely proportional to the effective porosity, i.e.

Ac e

For a homogeneous and isotropic aquifer with an axisymmetric radial flow the radius of

the capture zone around the mine pit can be estimated as;

R = [√A/ π] + rc ------------------ (ix)

Where Ac is the equivalent radius of the excavated portion of the non circular mine pit

and rc is equal to the radius of the excavated mine pit if the pit is circular in shape.

Hence by knowing the pumping rate from the mine pit and effective porosity, equivalent

mine pit radius and saturated thickness the radius of influence zone around the mine pit

can be estimated using above relations.




The effective porosity term in the above equation can be replaced by specific yield as

the specific yield of an aquifer represents the void space that will yield water to mine pit

is effective in furnishing water supplies, it is also know as effective porosity (Johnson,

1967). Hence, specific yield is equal to effective porosity (Karanth, 1994).

Research has also suggested that in sediments, the pores are interconnected and the

effective pore fraction for water molecules should be 1.0, and hence effective porosity is

equal to porosity because (Fetter.1990)

ne = n (porosity) x 1.0 (effective pore fraction)

it is easy to estimate the insitu specific yield of an aquifer through pumping tests rather

than effective porosity of the aquifer. Therefore using specific yield in the above

expressions is justified.

COMPUTATION

1. Well equation method

The expression required for estimating the radius of influence zone in this method is

written as ;

R = rc Exp{[ πK h12- h2

2)/Q]}

The input parameters for this method from the lease area are;

K the hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer = 12.9 m/day.

h12- h2

2 the saturated thickness of aquifer = 16m.

Q the mine pit pumping rate = 400 Cum/day

rc the radius of equivalent well = 100m

By substituting all the values in the above expression the radius of influence zone

will be 505m.

2. (udak s method of capture zone delineation

The expressions required for estimating the radius of influence zone in this method are

written as;

(1) Vc = Q(t)/ne

(2) Ac = Vc/b R = [√A/ π] + rc




the input parameters for this method from the lease area ;

Q groundwater component of the mine pit discharge rate = 400 Cum/day.

t the time of pumping = 365 days

ne the effective porosity at the lease area = 0.06

b the saturated thickness = 6m.

the radius/ equivalent radius of mine pit = 100m

by substituting the above values in the expression (1), (2) & (3) we get the values of;

(1) Vc = Q(t)/ne

Vc = 2433333 Cum.

(2) Ac = Vc/b

Ac = 152083 Sq.m. R = [√A/ π] + rc

R = 224 m

Therefore the radius of influence zone estimated by this method is 187m.

Average of two method

1. Well equation method = 505m.

2. (udak s method = 224m

Average = 364m

After reviewing the lease area map, it is seen that there is no spring, public well, river or

lake in the area of 700 metres from the mining pits indicating that there will not be any

influence of pumping water from the mining pits on any other sources.

****




CHAPTER-4

ARTIFICIAL GROUND WATER RECHARGE

NEED FOR ARTIFICAL GROUND RECHARGE

Based on the assessment of long term ground water recharge and total requirement &

proposal of meeting this requirement from ground water but by doing this status of

ground water become critically exploited. To minimize the effect on ground water

status, it is necessary that ground water storage of the area must be augmented by

rainwater harvesting so that the existence of industry does not adversely effects the

ultimate ground water status.

NATURE OF PROBLEM

Rainfall is only source of water in the area; rainfall & evapotranspiration are two major

factors controlling the quantum of rainwater available for recharge. The investigated

area receives rainfall for just 26 to 30 days a year. Thus not only the total rainfall but

also its availability is confined to few days during which entire water resources

planning has to be done.

The other important factors controlling the natural recharge to ground water are

rainfall intensity, hydrogeology & depth of water level. It is observed that majority of

rainfall occurs in 3-5 major storms lasting only a few hours. Natural recharge to ground

water is further restricted due to impervious hard strata. Some of water, which

infiltrates during rainy period, is entrapped in the soil and it never reaches the water

level. This water is ultimately lost due to potential evapotranspiration. The rates of

potential evapo - tranpiration (PET) is very high in the area. On an average, annual PET

is higher than the rainfall in the area. Thus any artificial recharge by indirect techniques

should be such that most of the water stored on surface is put to ground water within

the shortest possible time to avoid losses.

As indicated earlier, hydro geologically the area is composed of hard rock and for

artificial ground water recharge Injection wells & open wells will be most feasible

recharge techniques. This will help in augmenting the groundwater storage around the

tube wells and open wells so that they can sustain in long term.




METHODS OF RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM

Following methods shall carry out the rainwater harvesting

1. Roof top rainwater harvesting through proposed injection wells.

2. Surface rainwater runoff available from paved area, green area and open land

shall be used for recharging through injection wells.

3. Natural rainfall recharge to open land.

DESIGN OF ROOF TOP RAINWATER AND SURFACE RUNOFF HARVESTING

SYSTEM

Rooftop rainwater runoff: -

The industrial roofs are of RCC finished with cement sand mortar. Most of the water can

be collected with roof drains hence 85% rainwater can be available. About 15% of water

is lost in evaporation etc. The water is collected through rainwater drains from rooftop.

The roof should be finished to avoid percolation and should be cleaned every year

before rains. The roof top rainwater & surface runoff rainwater shall be collected

through existing rainwater drains

Surface Runoff of Rainwater

The subsurface reservoirs are technically feasible alternative for storing surplus

monsoon runoff. Wide spectrums of techniques are in vogue to recharge ground water

reservoir. The artificial recharge techniques vary widely depending upon hydro

geological studies of the area. The detailed hydro geological studies were carried out

and it was found that water table of area is 10 to 14m in post monsoon period.

The maximum rate at which water can enter the soil at particular point depends upon

infiltration capacity. The infiltration capacity depends upon soil type, moisture content,

organic matter, vegetative cover, season, air entrapment, etc. The infiltration and

percolation capacity are closely related. The infiltration takes place due to gravity but

capillary force divert gravity water.

The infiltration capacity of land formation is not suitable for surface percolation system

hence for recharge of ground water reservoir through injection well system is proposed.

This system will improve both quality & quantity of water.




Runoff coefficient for gentely sloping barren hard rock area of Guntur area can be taken

as 15%. Similarly for cemented area it has been taken as 70% and for Rooftop area it

can be taken as 85%.

Average runoff coefficient taken for the area is as under:

1. Average runoff coefficient for rooftop = 85%

2. Average runoff coefficient for Paved area = 70%

3. Average runoff coefficient for open land = 15%

(Gently sloping Barren hard rock area)

RAINFALL INTENSITY = 40 MM/HR.

Design of Silting Pit

After getting the total amount of rainwater available for recharge with peak rate of

runoff, it is necessary to design the required silting & filter pits of appropriate

dimensions so that they can accommodate total runoff water. Design of silting pit in

black cotton soil become very necessary because of the fact that clay has very fine

particles usually remain suspended in the rainwater runoff and required time for the

settlement. If rainwater in injected in the subsurface without passing it through the

settling pit, it will retard the intake capacity of the inverted wells. This may result in

clogging and short life of recharging structures. Settling pit design has one most

important factor settling velocity, which can be calculated as under:

Settling Velocity

Vs = 418 (Ss – S) d2 {(3t+70)/100}

Where,

Ss = Specific gravity of particles = 2.65

S= Specific gravity of fluid = 1

d = Dia of particle = 0.02 cm

t= temperature = 40 C

= 418 (2.65-1)(0.02)2 {(3x40+70)/100}

= 0.524 mm/sec

Vs = 0.0524 cm/sec




1.RAINFALL RECHARGE INSIDE THE INDUSTRIAL UNIT

Plant Colony Mines Total (Sq.m)

Rooftop

area

250000Sqm 106975 - 356975

Paved area 420000Sqm 179718 - 599718

Open

land/Green

belt

330000Sqm 141207 G/b = 935830.5,

open land = 1900019.5

2371226.5

Total area 1000000 427900 2835850 Sqm. -

A. Roof Top Rainwater Runoff

The Industry has proposed to setup a cement plant and residential area for the staff.

This area has different buildings with RCC and V shaped roof. To collect water from flat

RCC roof drainpipes has been proposed. These drain pipes are proposed to connect to

main rainwater collection pipes, provided with collection chambers. In case of V shaped

roof rainwater is collected through gutters attached at the end of the roof and these

gutters are connected to rainwater pipes.

Average Rooftop Rainwater Runoff Available:

= A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Roof top area = 356975 Sq.m

Rf = Rainfall = 815 m.m. (Average)

Average rainwater runoff available

= 356975 x 0.815 x 0.85

= 247294Cum. ----------------- (A)

B. Black Topped Roads and Cemented Area

The project area has approach roads from entry gate to different buildings. These roads

will be 6m wide. The project area also has parking and other cemented portion. Slop of

these cemented area and roads are maintained in such a way that the available runoff

should move towards the proposed open drains and this water shall be taken to the

recharge tube wells/ open wells. Total road and cemented area is about 599718 sq.m.




Taking 70% as runoff coefficient for paved area, the availability of water has been

worked out as under

Average Rainwater Runoff Available From Paved Area:

= A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Total Paved area = 599718 Sq.m.

Rf = Rainfall = 0.815 m.m. (Average)

Average rainwater runoff available

= 599718 x 0.815 x 0.7

= 342139 Cum. --------------- (B)

Total rainwater thus available from rooftop area and paved area will be diverted to Thirty

five proposed recharge tube wells or existing openwells through rainwater drains and

injected into the aquifer after passing through the filter pit. Location of injection wells will

be decided on the basis of Geophysical investigation. Their number can be increased

and decreased depending upon the actual filed condition, which is to be evaluated during

monsoon and post monsoon period.

C. Green Area and Open land

The total area of industry is 142,7900 Sq.m., the proposed rooftop area is 356975 Sqm,

road and cemented area is 599718 Sqm. and rest of the area 471207 will be developed as

green belt area or left as open land. total area of mine is 2835850 Sqm and green belt area

of mine will be 935830.5. hence. Taking 15% as natural recharge coefficient, the natural

recharge to groundwater has been worked out as under

Neutral recharge through open land of mine, plant and colony area:

FOR PLANT AND COLONY AREA

= A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Total open area = 471207 Sq.m.


Average natural recharge

= 471207 x 0.815 x 0.15

= 57605Cum. --------------- (C)




FOR MINE AREA

= A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Total open/green area = 2835850 Sq.m.


Average natural recharge

= 2835850 x 0.815 x 0.15

= 346683Cum. --------------- (D)

Expected Rainwater Recharge from all the above structures

= (A) + (B) + (C) + (D)

= 247294 + 342139 + 57605+ 346683

= 993721Cum

DESIGN OF DESILTING & FILTER PIT WITH INJECTION WELL

Peak rate of runoff = 0.85 x 0.04 x 356975 + 0.7 x 0.04 x 599718

= 12137 + 16792 Cum/hr.

= 28929 Cum/hr

= 28929000 liters/hr

Design of Silting Pit

Surface Loading

= 28929000 x 0.0524

= 1515879 Lit/hr/m2

Assumed depth of Tank = 1.5m.

Design detention period = 1.5/ {0.05241 x 36}

= 0.795 hours

Volume of water in hr

= (28929000/1000) x (0.795 /24)

= 958.27 Cum

Area = 958.27/1.5 = 638.84m2

Area of one pit = 638.84/35 = 18.25 m2

Hence Width = 3 m Length = 6m.




The rainwater of roof top and surface runoff shall be used for artificial recharge through

Thirty Five 150mm dia injection wells having 30m depth after passing through silting pit

(6 x3x1.5m) & filter pit (4.5 x 4.5 x 2.8m)..

The industry proposes to withdraw 1500 Cum/day. The total withdrawal of groundwater

per annum will amount to 495000 cum considering 330 working days.

However, there is no deficient in ground water recharge and to facilitate additional

recharge the industry proposes to construct artificial rainwater harvesting structures in

some of the nearby villages, depending upon the feasibility. Industry also proposes to

recharge ground water by constructing rooftop rainwater recharge structures, renewal/

construction of ponds, cleaning and deepening of existing wells and construction of

recharge tubewells depending upon the local hydrogeological conditions. The

complaisance of the above proposal and periodic reports of progress made in

constructing the structures shall be communicated to CGWB. Necessary technical

guidance shall also be sought from CGWA whenever it is required.

****

233

234

235

236

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information (a) Name of the project : 3.6 MTPA Captive Limestone Mines at Kachavaram &

Inuparajupalli village, Mandal Karempudi, Distt. Guntur

(i) Name of the proponent : Shree Cement Limited

Mailing Address : Bangur Nagar Post Box No.-33,Beawar, Ajmer (Raj.)

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone :01462-228101

Fax No. :01462-228117 (b) Objective of the project : To supply limestone to proposed cement plant located

adjacent to the mine (c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli

Karempudi Guntur Andhra Pradesh

(d) Does the proposal relate to

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No

Increase in ML area Yes No

Increase in annual production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

√

√

Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and

form part of reply to this proforma.

Note 2 : Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly mentioned.

Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around

the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.

√

237

(iv) Modernisation Yes No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude Survey of India Topo sheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total mining lease area (in ha.)

(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

Flat Yes No

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.) (a) Agricultural (b) Forest (c) Waste land (d) Grazing (e) Surface water bodies (f) Others (Specify)

Total

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years.

(a) Severity (Richter Scale) II

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to Life Yes No

Property Yes No

Existing mine Yes No

283.585 ha

16°30'59" to 16°32'55"

√

√

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

283.585 ha

79°43'03" to 79°44'04"

56 P/10

95 – 111 m MSL

283.585 ha

√

√

√

238

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan:

Purpose Mining Lease Area Total Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others

1. Area to be excavated - - 268.085* - 268.085* - - 6.726 - - 261.36

2. Storage for top soil - - - - - - - - -

3. Overburden / Dumps - - - - - - - - -

4. Mineral storage - - - - - - - - -

5. Infrastructure (Workshop,

Administrative Building)

- - - - - - - - -

6. Roads - - - - - - - - -

7. Railways - - - - - - - - -

8. Green Belt - - 15.50 - 15.50 - - 1.41 - - 14.09

9.Tailings pond - - - - - - - - -

10.Effluent treatment plant - - - - - - - - -

11.Coal handling plant /

mineral separation plant

- - - - - - - - -

12. Township area - - - - - - - - -

13.Other (Specify) - - - - - - - - -

TOTAL

- - 283.585 - 283.585 - - 8.13 - - 275.46

* Out of excavated 268.085 Hectares area,172.62 hectares will be converted into water reservoir. Remaining 95.465 hectares will be partially backfilled part of which 78.08 hectares will be converted into green belt.

239

5. Township (outside mining lease) : Not Applicable (Township is considered along with Cement Plant, which is located in an adjacent plot)

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units (c) Distance from mine site 6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance from

River Bank * Other Water bodies * Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc.

(specify)

Mining lease boundary

No river in 10 km area

1 km (Nageleru vegu stream) Flow is from south to north)

Ancillary facilities

No river in 10 km area

1.1 km

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ): Not applicable

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers‟s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S. No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from (in km.)

Core * Buffer* Zone Zone

1. National Park / Sanctuary

None

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve

None

240

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified)

Madinapadu RF on the 10 km border of ML area in north side

4. Habitat for migratory birds

None

5. Corridor for animals of schedule I & II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

None

6. Archaeological sites * Notified

* Others

None

7.

Defence Installation

None

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants

None

9. Other Mines

None

10. Airport

None

11. Railway Lines

Nadikudi 7-8 km N

12. National / State Highways

Dachepalli SH2 7-8 km NNE

[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core

zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.* [* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1)

Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific Institute /

University / Chief Wildlife Warden Office. Information to be based on field survey.]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone

1. Agricultural crops Paddy, Chilly

2. Commercial crops Tobacco

3. Plantation None

4. Natural vegetation / forest type Open scrub type

5. Grass lands None

241

6. Endangered species None

7. Endemic species None

8. Others (Specify) -

B. Fauna

1. Total listing of faunal elements

2. Endangered species None

3. Endemic species None

4. Migratory species None

5. Details of aquatic fauna, if applicable

Not applicable

S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule as per Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Animals in Core Zone

None

Fauna at Core zone

1. Squirrel Funambulus pennantii Schedule IV




Avifauna at core zone



3. Partridge Francolinus pondicerianus Schedule IV


Animals in Buffer zone

1. Five striped squirrel Funambulus pennantii Schedule IV



Amphibians in Buffer zone

1. Bull Frog Rana tigrina Schedule IV

2. Common frog Rana sp. Schedule IV

Common Reptiles in Buffer zone

1. Common Krait Bungaru scaeruleus Schedule IV


242

Large Herbivore in Buffer Zone

1. Blue bull Boselaphustrago camelus Schedule III

Avifauna at Buffer Zone


2. Spotted Dove Streptopeliachinensis Schedule IV


4. Woodpecker Dendrocoposmahrattensis Schedule IV

5. Brahminy myna Sturniapagodarum Schedule IV

6. Common Babblers Turdoidescaudata Schedule IV

7. Black drongo Dicrurusadsimilis Schedule IV

8. White bellied drongo Dicrurus caerulescens Schedule IV

9. Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Schedule V

10. Owl Asioflammeus Schedule IV

11. Partridge Francolinuspondicerianus Schedule IV


13. Weaver bird Ploceusphilippinus Schedule IV

14. Common myna Acridotherestristis Schedule IV

15. Little egret Egrettagarzetta Schedule IV

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tonnes)

(a) Proved (b) Indicated

(c) Inferred (d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area (a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No

Not available

√

Not available

19.14

172.28

√

√

√

√

√

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dicrurus_caerulescens

243

[

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No (e) Source of data (Indicate): Mining Plan

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years) (AP Govt letter dt 19-5-2010)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines Not applicable

(i) Date of opening of mine (ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th year

from year……… to year ……… in million tonnes.

(iii) Projected production for the next 6th to 10th year 5 years from year ……… to year

………..in million tonnes.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No opening of the mine? If yes, details thereof including last production figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast √

Manual

Underground Semi-mechanised

Both Mechanised √

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

(a) Existing

(b) Additional

3200000

√

47 years

19-5-2040

30 years

√

√

Not applicable

Not applicable

244

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine (i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3) (ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl) (iii) Indicate present working depth in case of

existing mine (in m bgl) (iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in overburden / waste. Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal / ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No opencast mine at the end of fifth year

and at the end of the life of the mine have been submitted? (upto 5th year) (vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine: Not applicable

27 m

1.75

2.5

2.0

1 : 0.04

Not applicable

1.75

2.5

2.0

√

3 m ht, 20 m width

10 m ht, 20 m width

45 degree in limestone

37 degree in OB

Controlled Blasting

NONEL

245

(i) Seam / Ore body Min.Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip Direction of dip in degree

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine

Shaft

Adit

Incline

(iii) Details of machinery

On surface

At Face

For transportation

Others

(iv) Method of stoping (metalliferrous mines)

Open

Filled

Shrinkage

Caving

Combination of above

Others (Specify)

(v) Extraction method [

Caving

Stowing

Partial extraction

(vi) Subsidence

246

Predicted max. subsidence (in m)

Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m)

Max. slope change (in mm/m)

Whether identified possible subsidence area(s) superimposed on Surface Yes No

Plan has been submitted?

Major impacts on surface features like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest, etc.

Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control).

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No

submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion Yes No in the existing natural drainage pattern at any stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any other water body falling within core zone and

its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction (a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No

(b) If so, provide details thereof. Not applicable

(c) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlement around. Not applicable

(d) Impact of weir on down stream users of water. Not applicable

√

√

√

√

247

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity

[

(c) Whether the existing road Yes No network is adequate? (for staff movement) If no, provide details of alternative proposal? Crushed Limestone will be transported using Conveyor Belt

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks. Yes No ]

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

√

Bus, Car, Auto & 2-wheeler

9700

0.5 km

850

No increase

100%

√

√ √

√

249

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data (a) Micro-meteorological data - [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data. Day time, Night time, 24 – hours period

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (m/s) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm) Cloud Cover**

(Octas of sky)

Mean Max. % of calm

Mean (Dry Bulb)

Highest Lowest Mean Highest Lowest Total 24-hours Highest

No. of rainy days

Mean

Dec 14 5.5 6.1 24.6 - 33.0 23.0 52 60 42 - 0 0 2

Jan15 5.2 8.4 21.8 - 28.0 18.5 52 62 40 20 12 5 3

Feb 15 6.0 11.1 17.5 - 35.5 26.5 48 55 43 - 0 0 2

* 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.

* Rainy day is considered when 24 hr rainfall is 2.5 mm **Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological for reporting in the EIA report, if any. Vijaywada (b) Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO2, and NOx)

250

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]

[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period.]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out. Summer season (1-12-2014 to 28-2-2015)

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station: 24

Name of monitoring equipment used

SPM RPM (PM10) SO2 NO2 Pb**

-

Respirable dust sampler

Gas sampler Gas sampler -

Equipment sensitivity

- 5 µg/m3 4 µg/m3 9 µg/m3 -

Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB) R / I

S

-

100 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 -

-

-

Monitoring

Location

No. of

Samples Drawn

Category*

(R, I, S)

Min. Max. 95%

tile

Min. Max. 95%

tile

Min. Max. 95%

tile

Min. Max. 95%

tile

Min. Max. 95%

tile

Core zone

CA1

24 R

- - - 42 56 55 4 5.8 5.6 9.0 9.8 9.7

CA2 24 R

- - - 43 56 55 4 6.2 6.0 9.0 10.5 10.4

Buffer zone

BA1

24

R

- - - 38 52 51 4 5.0 4.9 9.0 10.6 10.5

BA2 24

R

- - - 45 58 57 4 7.2 7.1 9.2 10.8 10.7

BA3 24 R

- - - 60 72 71 5.2 8.6 8.5 9.2 13.8 13.7

BA4 24 R - - - 44 52 51 4 4.8 4.7 9.0 10.6 10.5 BA5 24 R - - - 62 73 72 4 8.4 8.3 9.5 14.8 14.7 BA6 24 R - - 45 58 57 4 7.2 7.1 9.2 10.8 10.7

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive **Pb for mineral specific sites only.

# Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site.

251

Air & Noise Soil Surface Water Ground Water

Map Showing Environmental Monitoring Locations

252

22. Stack and emission details , if any* not applicable

Sl. No.

Process / unit of operation (e.g.

DG Set, Boiler)

Height of stack (m)

Internal top dia.

(m)

Flue gas exit

velocity (m/sec)

Emission rate (kg/hr) Heat emission

rate from top of

stack (K.cal/hr)

Exhaust / Flue gas

SPM SO2 NOx CO Temp

OC

Density Specific

Heat

Volumetric

flow rate (m3/hr.)

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* Drilling, Blasting, Payloaders, Movement on haul road, crusher

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data Name of Model/Software: ISCST3 Grid Size: 250 m x 250 m Terrain features: Flat Input Met Data: Attached (b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise

(in μg/m3) S. No. Pollutants

Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality Resultant Air Quality

1. SPM 11.5 72 83.5

2**. SO2 - - -

3**. NOX - - -

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]

253

25. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation

2. Land reclamation

3. Dust suppression

4. Drinking

5. Green Belt

6. Beneficiation

7. Washeries

8. Fire Service

9. Others (specify)

B. Township

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

0

0

50

10

30

0

0

0

5 (workshop)

0

0

60

15

60

0

0

0

15 (workshop)

Total 95 120

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) None

2 Ground water 120 (for first 5 years)

3 Mine water (sump / pit) After 5 years 100% mine sump / pit water will be used

4 Other surface water bodies (specify) None

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground

Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs): Not applicable

254

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)

(f) Stage of ground water development in %

28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source

S. No.

Usage Present Consumption (m3/day)

Additional proposed as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total (m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic - 7.51 - - 7.51

2 Irrigation - 6.84 - - 6.84

3 Industry - - - -

4 Mining - - - -

5 Others (specify)

- - -

Total - 14.35 - - 14.35

29. Water quality*

(a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **

19.82

12 to 18

12 to 18

10 to 14

10 to 14

32.52

30.29

37.14

63

0.652

255

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge: Not applicable i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from

downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of „NIL‟.

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering *

(a) Radius of influence (in m)

[To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula]

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes No (applicable to coastal areas) Not applicable (c) Impact on stream / lake / springs: Not applicable

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period.

The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water

level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted

impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field

inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of

ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer

zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial /

unconsolidated formations)] [**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation

Committee recommendations of 1997]

31. Waste Water Management

Mine

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop

(iii) Domestic (mine site)

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries

-

-

364

-

10

10

256

(v) Coal Handling Plant

(vi) Tailings pond

(vii) Others (Specify)

Total

(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow

sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / to be recycled in

(i) Percentage - 50

(ii) m3 /day - 10 (d) Point of final discharge

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

1. Surface

(i) Agricultural land (ii) Waste land (iii) Forest land (iv) Green belt

0

0

0

0

2. River / nallah 0

3. Lake 0

4. Sea 0

5. Others (specify) 10 m3/day domestic waster from office toilet will be disposed off through soak pit and septic tank.

10 m3/day waste water from workshop will be used for dust suppression after removal of oil and grease content.

Total 20

-

20

-

-

√

257

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river/nalla, if final effluent is/will be discharged (cumecs): Not applicable

(i) Average flow rate

(ii) Lean season flow rate

(iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes No upstream and 100 meters downstream of discharge point submitted.

Township: Not applicable

(a) Waste water generation from township (m3/day)

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage Yes No

treatment plant?

(c) Usage of treated water

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

33. Ambient noise level leq dB(A)

Location of sampling station Noise level

Day Time Night Time

A. Core Zone CN1 61.3 53.3

CN2 51.7 42.2

B. Buffer Zone BN3 52.8 42.3

BN4 62.7 52.3

BN5 52.3 41.6

BN6 51.2 42.1

BN7 62.3 51.6

Dust suppression in mines

√

√

√

√

258

34. Solid Waste (a) Top soil and solid waste quantity and quality

Name (Lump/fines/slurry/ Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity (m3/month)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

a. Top Soil b. Over burden (refer e below)

c. Others (specify)

- Quantity of

Topsoil in first five year plan

period is 0.56 million m3

Topsoil will be stored

in Mining Lease area in a Temporary

storage yard having 3.5 hectares area.

Effluent Treatment Plant (sludge)

Not

applicable

Total

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.]

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or Yes No heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No

precautionary measures provided? Not applicable

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities.: None

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste.: Mine reclamation (progressively till the end of mine life, when all limestone present has been excavated)

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? Yes No

(ii) If yes, when do you

Propose to start backfilling.

(in million m3)

Solid waste (s) Already accumulated

(A)

To be generated (B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Over burden

- 7.61 million tons (5.07 million m3)

- >95%

Others (specify)

- - - -

√ activi

a. Top Soil: As and when extracted [ b. Over burden: When limestone extraction is complete [ c. Others (specify)

activi

activi

√ activi

259

Land reclamation Plan

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems: Erosion of dump material, dump subsidence.

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps (OB dump created outside pit but within ML)

No. of external dumps

Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation to the adjacent ground profile attached. Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements*

[*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW)

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present

-

- - -

2 Proposed / additional

7760 units/day - - 7760

Total

7760 units/day

- - 7760

(b) Source of power (in MW)

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1 Present

- - -

2 Proposed

From the CPP of adjacent cement plant

- -

Total 7760 units/day - 7760 units/day

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority]

(c) Details of fuels: Not applicable

√

1

20m

2

37

260

S.No. Fuel Daily Consumption

(TPD)

Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1

2

3

HSD

LSHS

Other

(specify)

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials

S. No. Name Number of

Storages Consumption

(in TPD) Maximum Quantity at

any point of time

1 Fuels Diesel 6 KL per day 7.0 KL per day

2 Explosives

ANFO 2.0 tons per day 2.5 tons per day

37. Human Settlement

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Population*

Nil

No. of villages

Nil

Number of households

village-wise

Nil

[* As per 2001 census record or actual survey]

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan*

[*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be

displaced, other-wise a summary plan]: Not applicable

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone

0 None

500 m from the blasting site (s)

2 Kachavaram & Inuparajupalli

Buffer zone

22 Given in EIA report, section 3.10

Township site

1 The proposed township location of Shree Cement Limited located is about 2 km away

from mine site

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone

261

S.

No.

Village name

Population* Average Annual

Income Tribal Others

1 None None None None

[*As per 2001 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees

Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees

Land (only) Homestead

(only)

Land and Homestead

(both)

Mining Lease 1. Kachavaram

2. Inuparajupalli

154

138

0 0

Township Site 1.

2.

Not applicable

- - -

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalised? Not applicable

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees. (i) Site details where the people are proposed to

be resettled & facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement

of Project Affected People (PAP). (v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will

be over. 39. Lease -wise plantation details

(a) Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up

(iii) Area not to be broken-up

0

268.085

ha ha 15.50

262

(b) Township area (in ha.) Not applicable

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

(i) Existing (not applicable)

(ii) Proposed 15.5 - - - 78.08 on backfilled area

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing: Not applicable

When plantation was started? Month / Year

No.of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

Survival rate % ● Avg. height

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number of saplings (per ha.)

233950 2500

40. Environmental health and safety (a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? Dust, Noise, Fire, Explosion,

Accidents by vehicles (b) What provisions have been made/proposed to be

made to conform to health and safety requirements? Permission from PESO shall be obtained for the Magazine. All risk mitigation measures shall be implemented to prevent fire. (c) In case of an existing mine: Not applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status

of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No Not applicable

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free silica: less than 10% of PM

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent) Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable. Not applicable

263

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures S. N

Environmental

issues*

Already practiced,

if applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution

- Wet drilling/ dry drilling with de-dusting arrangements.

Controlled blasting by latest blasting technique using stock

tube detonator (Downline detonator in combination with

noise less trunk line detonators.)

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting

Large capacity excavators with dumpers.

Proper maintenance of HEMM machineries

Periodic air quality monitoring.

2 Water pollution - Garland drains along with de-silting pit all around the OB

dumps.

Soak pit via septic tank for waste water generated from the

office toilets.

Waste water generated from the work shop will be used in

crushed for dust suppression after oil and grease separation.

3. Water

conservation

- Reuse of mine sump / pit water for dust suppression, greenbelt

raising, vehicle washing and fire fighting (during emergency)

4. Noise pollution - Greenbelt (7.5 m wide on all sides of the mine)

Regular maintenance of HEMM

Crusher installation in closed shed

5. Solid waste /

Tailings

- OB Dump properly terraced and plantation done for erosion

control

6.

Land

degradation

- Land will be restored to its near original shape and given to the

owners for useful purpose

Water body created after mining would serve as water

harvesting, groundwater recharge and developing fisheries

7. Erosion &

Sediment

- Green cover to be placed over the OB dump to control erosion

8.

Top soil - Top soil shall be used for greenbelt development on the 7.5 m

wide area on ML boundary. Remaining soil, if left shall be

stacked in a scientific manner.

9.

Ground vibration

- Controlled blasting shall be adopted. Ground vibration shall be

monitored during each blast, as per DGMS norms

10. Wildlife

conservation

- Not applicable

11. Forest

protection

- Not applicable

12. Others (specify) - None

[* As applicable]

264

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) Not applicable (a) Status of the compliance of conditions of

environmental clearance issued by MoEF, Yes No if any, enclosed. Not applicable

(b) Status of the compliance of „Consent to Operate‟ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes No Not applicable

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes No Not applicable

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment of the project has been carried out by following scoping process? EIA done as per TOR issued by MOEF If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes (b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No

closure plan. (c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs) 45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) (Based on latest estimate)

46. Cost of environmental protection measures

(in Rs. Lakh)

S.

No.

Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control

Air and water pollution control

- 90 - 20

2 Pollution Monitoring EMD, monitoring instruments

- 30 - 10

3 Occupational Health & Safety - 25 - 10

4 Green Belt

Mine Township (not

applicable)

- 25 - 10

5 Reclamation / Rehabilitation of

mined out area: Not applicable

- - - -

6 Others (specify)

Total (Rs.) 170 Lakhs - 50 Lakhs

Note: Rs.67 lakhs is allotted to implement the mine closure plan

16900

67 Lakhs

√

265

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans.

CAPEX budget Rs. 8.45 Crores (5% of total project cost of Rs.169 Crores)

48. Public Hearing (a) Date of Advertisement: 26-09-2015 (b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared: Hindu and Eenadu (c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY): 29-10-2015

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present Chaired by Collector & DM Members Present: Tehsildar Karempudi and Dachepalli and Regional Officer APPCB

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting

and number of people from the lease area. About 110 people from surrounding villages, including lease area

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form.

SN Name of the

Person

Issues Raised by the Public

Comments / Suggestions / Objections / Query /

Request

Response / Commitment

of project Proponent)

Suggestions

made by PH

panel

1 Sunanda

Reddy

Comments The total mine area is about 700 acres and as per the available data the rainfall is about 200 Crores Liters. After evaporation, about 100 Crores Liters of water can be stored in the mining pits duly taking technical expertise and little modifications in the mine pits which will be usefully to recharge ground water significantly.

SCL will use water stored in mine pit and other areas inside the mine lease for the project. This stored water will also recharge the ground water. This has been mentioned in the EIA Report

The Public Hearing Panel did not make any suggestion

Comments Preference shall be given to local people in the employment.

SCL will give preference to local people for employment. This has been stated in the EIA Report

Comments The Overburden (about 7.6 Mill tons) from mining shall be utilized for water harvesting structure to avoid soil erosion and ground water recharge.

The OB shall be stored as dump inside the mine premises. It will be used for refilling the void after mine life. This has been stated in EIA Report

Suggestions To complete health study in the surrounding villages within 10 km radius of the project, so as to make use the data at subsequently.

EIA study has been done as per TOR. In the EIA Report it has been mentioned that SCL will organize health camps in villages around the project area to generate health related data and trends.

Suggestions To carry out crop yield & ground water availabilities in the core & buffer zone to analyse

Name of crop, its yield in core and buffer zone included in EIA Report.

266

for trend analysis during & after implementation of project.

Groundwater availability in core and buffer zone included in EIA report. Post-project monitoring shall be carried out for ground water status.

Suggestion To take up medicinal and fruit bearing plantation under greenbelt development & to develop avenue plantation along village roads to mitigate fugitive dust emissions from vehicle moment.

Medicinal and fruit bearing plants has been considered under greenbelt development and avenue plantation

Suggested To impart skill development to local villagers shall be taken up, so as to keep them eligible for jobs & to conduct health camps periodically.

SCL agreed to impart skill development of local people to work in the project. Necessary budget (Rs.48 Lakhs) has been earmarked in CSR

Suggestion To utilize CSR funds by forming Coordination committees with villagers, officials etc. Further he stated that demand oriented works should be taken up under CSR activities.

Agreed. This is already mentioned in the EIA report.

2. Narayana

Reddy Y V

Request Allow farmers to cultivate their sold lands until project is started. Sri. K. Ankireddy and Sri A. Ankaa Reddy Rao also requested written commitment on provision for employment to the farmers who sold their land to the industry.

Sri A. Ankaa Reddy Rao also requested to provide livelihood to the physical handicapped public of their village.

He stated proper care should be taken to prevent damage to houses from blasting operations and to prevent pollution to Nagaleru vagu existing near project.

Sri Bireddy Syedareddy requested the management not to blame the farmers and requested the farmers to get clear commitments from the management on jobs & cultivation of fields, who proposed to sell their lands to the project.

Sri Navakumar He requested to implement adequate measures in full shape to protect environment in the surroundings.

SCL will follow the law related to land acquired for the project. Employment preference will be given to land losers & local people. This has been mentioned in EIA Report

3. K. Ankireddy

4. A. Ankaa Rao Livelihood sustaining programs has been provided in CSR funds (Rs.96 Lakhs)

5. Sayed Rahim

6. Bireddy

Syedareddy

Controlled blasting technology provided in EIA. No wastewater from mines shall be discharged outside.

Registered sale deed has been executed with land owners based on mutual negotiation.

All measures to protect environment and surroundings included in EIA report

7. Navakumar,

MPP

8. N.

Ramakrishna

Suggestion

To provide waste water treatment plants to avoid pollution of Nagaleru vagu. He requested written commitment from the Shree Cement regarding pollution control and safety in the proposed activities. He also questioned for guarantee from project management for implementation of

Already mentioned in EIA Report

267

pollution control measures in full shape, employment opportunity to unskilled person of their village.

9. A. Narasimha

Reddy

Query He questioned the management on CSR activities so far implemented by them in the surrounding villages and questioned for not arranging field visit to their other cement plants said to be operating by the same management. He requested for written commitment for protection of about 300 Borewells existing in the surrounding villages from blasting activities.

Blasting technology, application norms and mitigation measures mentioned in EIA report

10 D. Anka Rao Comments He questioned reasons on furnishing of low literacy rate in the surrounding villages & anticipated future claim of the management to demonstrate improvement in the literacy rate from post project development activity. He questioned for not reporting cumulative impact of noise generation from other mines existing in the vicinity and apprehended future of the public health. He stated that storage of rain water in mine pits will not be possible as the rainfall in that area is very low and even the government proposed to announce the area shortly as draught area. Regarding provision of employment, he suggested the same may be included while registration of lands sold to cement plant & other commitments as given by the management. He questioned delay in construction of the plants and impacts on surrounding gram panchayats from proposed establishment of cement plants densely at specific location. He demanded to convene Grama Sabha in the surrounding 12 panchayats for resolution before any approval to establish the unit.

Literacy rate of the area has been obtained from Govt statistics. In the vicinity of proposed mine, no other industry or mines are under operation. This has been mentioned in the EIA. Rainwater harvesting in mine pits and other rainwater harvesting structures described in the EIA report. Preference in employment will be given to land losers and local people. Construction will start after obtaining all clearances Govt of AP has granted mining lease to SCL. SCL is following the law land to purchase land required for the project.

11. N.

Venkataramih

Request He requested to adopt latest technology to operate cement unit & prevent pollution to surrounding villages.

Agreed

12. Nazir Ahmed Request He requested to provide employment opportunity to local villagers.

SCL will provide preference in employment to local people.

13. Mariyadasu Request He requested to provide assistance to the poor students of the SC, ST, OBC and minority and to support development of infrastructure facilities in the surrounding villages.

Already mentioned in EIA report / R&R Plan/ CSR activities

268

14. G. Suresh Objection He strongly opposed for acquiring of the land under Land Acquisition Act for the proposed cement plant. He requested written commitment on specific time required for construction of cement plant. He questioned the management for not allowing the farmers of Inuparajupalli for cultivation of sold lands and requested to not to show partiality. He suggested to pay compensation if any damages caused to the houses due to blasting activities. He requested for provision of livelihood to the Rythukoolies residing in the villages and also requested to provide employment opportunity to the villagers who are not having agricultural lands. He requested clear commitment from the management to return lands to farmers in case they failed to commitments on the above/ project construction is not started on time.


15. Ramavath

Nayak

Suggestion He suggested to the management to ensure that earlier issues will not be repeated again. He pointed out the endowment lease land issues concerned to nearby cement plant operating at Karempudi area. He requested for commitment from the Shree Cement management to resolve problems referred by the farmers.


16. Vijaya Reddy Suggestion Due to taking of long time for construction of projects after acquiring land, he suggested to pay the remaining amount whenever the construction activity of the project is start at equal price to market value. The total mining area is about 700 acres & suggested that the project management shall attend to repair the borewell in the surrounding villages in case of any damage occurred from blasting activity. About 33% of greenbelt development shall be insisted in the project towards protection of environment, as 75% forest area is required for future generation for good and healthy life & suggested to implement preventive measures. He suggested to prepare final EIA duly including depth of mining pits, rain water harvesting pits, utilization of mine pits water for irrigation etc. He suggested to send the modified report to MoEF for approval.

Final EIA report has been prepared after considering all points raised during the public hearing.

17. Venkata

Reddy

Comments He stated that there will be environmental damage at some extent due to the project, but it is huge potential for the employment generation. He opinioned that while procuring the lands the unemployed educated from local area would have been provided jobs to attain confidence of the villagers on employment opportunities.

Govt of AP has granted mining lease to SCL. SCL is following the law of the land to purchase land required for the project.

18. Chintulla Request He requested to provide employment & to involve

CSR plan and funds already mentioned in EIA

269

Sallu locals while CSR funds are utilized. He recommended to send the proposals to MoEF, GOI for approval.

report

19. Nagasyamala

Reddy

Suggestion He suggested to the management to fulfill social commitments by allowing farmers to cultivate lands till commencement of the project. He opined that the EIA should be prepared by local consultant as several grammatical mistakes observed in the local language and quoted some examples about mistakes in the report. He recommended to issue permissions by MoEF, GOI to the proposed project for establishment and to fulfill the commitments as mentioned in the EIA report.

Executive Summary has been prepared in English and then translated to Telugu. Law of the land will be followed for land acquisition, compensation, rehabilitation, providing employment in company.

49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been

obtained?

(i) Site clearance from MoEF Yes No

(ii) „Consent for Establishment‟ from the State Pollution Control Board Yes No

(iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division Yes No

(iv) Mining plan approval from IBM / Ministry of Coal Yes No

(v) In case of existing mines, mining scheme approval from IBM Yes No

(vi) Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Yes No

(vii) NOC from Chief Controller of Explosives Yes No

(viii) Commitment regarding availability / pumping of water from the concerned Yes No

Authorities (ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas of the Central Ground Water Authority, Yes No

NOC from them. [* Annex copies of approvals and number them]

√

√

√

270

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

278

Date post:	02-Nov-2019
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	1 times
Download:	0 times

SHREE CEMENT LIMITED - environmentclearance.nic.in · EM TR C Cons ultant s Pv t Ltd. Page 1...

Documents